COLD WAR3 Rules For Modern Warfare 1960-1990

5
Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

COLD WAR! Rules For Modern Warfare 1960 to 1990
COLD WAR! Rules for Modern Warfare 1960 to 1990 3rd Edition
COMPATIBLE WITH FLAMES of WAR ™
Artwork, Design, Text & Layout © 2016 by Dean Wilson
Project Editors: Hugh H Browne Jr & Keith Armstrong

Photographs not taken by the Author are used with permission
. . . for Samorn . . .
First published in Great Britain by LULU.com
This is the Fully Revised and Updated

IIIrd Edition Rulebook
The right of Dean Wilson to be identified as the Author of this work

has been asserted by him in accordance with the
Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this publication may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior
permission of the Author. Nor is it to be otherwise circulated in any form of
binding or cover other than in which it is published and without a similar
condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser.
Lulu ID number 8149202
ISBN 978-1-4461-3884-7
Cover Photograph: M-48 Patton Tank

iStock Photo; all rights reserved
ROOKSDΦWN GAMES

COLD WAR! Rules for Modern Warfare 1960 to 1990 3rd Edition
COMPATIBLE WITH FLAMES of WAR ™

Figures by: Battlefront ™, Zvesda, Butlers Printed Models, QRF, Italeri, Revell and Imex.
Scenery by Forces of Valour, Gallia UK, Total System Scenics and Suntek
House models are either Sarissa Precision MDF or Blotz
–some additional items scratch built All from the collection of Dean Wilson
“A must have for any fans who want a modern supplement!

Awesome realism!” –Lt-Colonel Charles Gray OBE,
G1 PWSO UKGSC
Thanks to:
The United States Centre for Military History, the 11th Cavalry Association, the 1st Cavalry
Association, the Veterans Administration of America, the United States Command and
General Staff College and the staff and personnel of the Library of Congress, the Department
of the Army and the Centre for Vietnam Studies. The Departmento Difesa, Italy; the staff of
the Commando Generale D’ella Arma dei Carabinieri and the staff and personnel of the
Folgore Division. I would like to thank as well as the staff and Instructors for the School of
Electrical Mechanical Engineers, the Royal Logistics Corps and the Ministry of Defence plus
the scores of serving, retired and veteran service personnel I have spoken to over the years
–to you all I am indebted and grateful and grateful for your service.
The rules presented here in this 3nd Edition are completely revised and updated. This book is
different from the 1st Edition in the fact that here, in one volume, you have rules for shooting,
wounding, movement, line-of-sight, visibility, obstacles, direct and indirect fire, artillery and
morale! This book brings your miniatures into the modern era! Included are the rules for
basing and organising your squads and platoons that make up your combined arms force;
comprehensive rules on artillery, Forward Observers, Forward Air Controllers, medics and
Medevac, ‘off table’ artillery and fighting in the aftermaths of a Chemical, Biological,
Radiological or Nuclear strike. This book can be used with the set of Handbooks already
published by Dean Wilson, such as CARABINIERI: Italian Military Police and the Army of
Italy; BATTLEFIELD BANGKOK: Royal Thai Army and Police and FULDA GAP: The Soviet
Invasion of West Germany; as well as the forthcoming titles such as THE GULF! Desert
Storm to Iraqi Freedom (Op Telic) 1991 to Present and AFGHANISTAN! Battle For Helmand
Province.
The 2nd Edition rulebook was used in 2010 by the UK Joint

Strike Command on a tabletop exercise for a
‘dirty bomb’ scenario in London.

PAGE PAGE
How to Use This Book 10 Mech. Coy Heavy Artillery Company 108
About COLD WAR3! 11 US Armoured Battalion HQ 109
Organisation 13 US Armoured Coy HQ and Platoons 110
Turn Sequence 19 Armoured Scout Platoon 111
Morale, Skill & Command Distance 20 AA, Medical and Artillery Platoons 111
Movement, Terrain & Transport 23 Armoured NBC and Recovery Platoon 112
The Shooting Phase 29 US Airmobile Battalion HQ 113
Modern Armour & Armoured Vehicles 31 Air Cavalry Coy HQ and Platoons 113
Tank Rounds & Armour Types 32 Aero-Weapons and Medical Platoons 113
Defences and Engineers 39 Air Artillery and Scout Platoons 113
Artillery and Rocket Batteries 44 US Air Support Options 1970-1980 114
Firecracker, FASCAM & DPICM rounds 46 PART II.c US Forces 1980-1990 117
Anti-Aircraft Guns and Missiles 50 US Infantry Battalion HQ 118
Aircraft and Airstrikes 51 US Infantry Company HQ and Platoons 119
Air Support and Air-to-Ground Combat 53 US Infantry Coy Weapons Platoon 120
Paratroopers 56 US Infantry Coy Artillery Battery 120
Reconnaissance Troops 57 US Infantry Coy NBC and AA Platoons 121
Wounded In Action and Medics 59 US Infantry Medical Platoon 122
Helicopters 60 Battlefield Support Missiles Battery 123
Helicopter Gunships 62 Mechanised Coy HQ and Platoons 124
Specialist Rules and Teams 65 Mech. Coy Weapons Platoon 125
PART II.a US Forces 1960-1970 73 Medical, NBC & Armour Plts 125
US Infantry Battalion HQ 74 Mech. Coy Armoured Platoon 125
US Infantry Company HQ and Platoons 75 Mech. Coy Artillery Company 126
US Infantry Weapons Company 76 Mech. Coy Heavy Artillery Company 127
US Infantry Artillery Battery 77 US Armoured Battalion HQ 128
Battlefield Support Missile Battery 78 US Armoured Company HQ & Platoons 129
US Infantry NBC & Medic Platoons 79 Armoured Scout Platoon 130
US Infantry AA-Platoon 80 Armoured NBC, Medical & AA Platoons 130
Mechanised Company HQ & Platoons 81 Armoured Recovery & Artillery Platoons 131
Mech. Coy Weapons Platoon 82 US Airmobile Battalion HQ 132
Mech. Coy Medic Platoon 82 Air Cavalry Coy HQ and Platoons 133
Mech. Coy Artillery Company 83 Aero-Weapons and Medical Platoons 134
Mech. Coy Heavy Artillery Company 84 Airmobile Air Artillery Company 135
Mech. Coy NBC Platoon 85 Airmobile Scout Platoon 136
Mech. Coy Armoured Platoon 85 US Air Support Options 1980-1990 137
Vulcan Anti-Aircraft Platoon 86 PART III.a Soviet Forces 1960-1970 141
US Armoured Battalion HQ 87 Motor Rifle Battalion HQ 142
Armoured Coy HQ & Platoons 88 MR Coy HQ & MR Platoons (Tracked) 144
Armoured Scout Platoon 89 MR Coy HQ & MR Platoons (Wheeled) 145
Armoured NBC & Medical Platoons 89 Motor Rifle Support Company 146
Armoured AA Platoon 90 Motor Rifle Artillery Company 147
Armoured Recovery & Artillery Platoons 91 Motor Rifle Rocket Mortar Company 148
US Army Airmobile Battalion HQ 92 Motor Rifle Armoured Company 149
Air Cavalry Coy. HQ and Platoons 93 Motor Rifle NBC & Medical Platoons 150
Aero-Weapons Platoon 94 Motor Rifle Battalion Engineer Company 151
Aero-Medical (Dust Off) Platoon 94 Armoured Battalion HQ 152
Airmobile Air-Artillery Company 95 Armoured Company (T-62) 153
Airmobile Scout Platoon 96 Armoured Company (T-55) 154
US Air Support Options 1960-1970 97 Armoured Company (T34/85) 155
PART II.b US Forces 1970-1980 99 Heavy Armoured Company (IS.III) 156
US Infantry Battalion HQ 100 Armoured Bat. Motor Rifle Company 157
US Infantry Company HQ and Platoons 101 Armoured Battalion Support Company 158
US Infantry Weapons Platoon 102 Armoured Bat. Engineer Company 159
Artillery, NBC, Medical and AA Platoons 103 Armoured Bat. Arty, NBC & Medical 159
Battlefield Support Missiles Battery 104 Regimental Support Options 160
Mechanised Coy HQ and Platoons 105 Regimental 122mm Artillery Company 161
Mechanised Coy Weapons Platoon 106 Regimental 152mm Artillery Company 162
Mech. Coy Medical & NBC Platoons 106 Target Acquisition & Jamming Company 163
Mech. Coy Armoured Platoon 106 Regt. Hv. Mortar Company (120mm) 164
Mech. Coy Artillery Company 107 Regimental Rocket Mortar Company 165

PAGE PAGE
Regimental Rocket-Artillery Company 166 Motor Rifle Support Company 205
Regimental SPG Artillery Company 167 Motor Rifle Artillery Company 206
Anti-Tank Battery & Traffic Control Plt 168 Motor Rifle Rocket Mortar Company 207
Regimental Anti-Air Battery 169 Motor Rifle Armoured Company 208
Soviet Air Support Options 1960-1970 170 MR NBC and Medical Platoons 209
PART III.b Soviet Forces 1970-1980 171 MR Engineer and AA Platoons 210
Motor Rifle Battalion HQ 172 Armoured Battalion HQ 211
Motor Rifle Company (Tracked) 173 Armoured Company (T-62) 212
Motor Rifle Company (Wheeled) 174 Armoured Company (T-72) 213
Motor Rifle Support Company 175 Armoured Company (T-55) 214
Motor Rifle Artillery Company 176 Armoured Bat. Motor Rifle Company 215
Motor Rifle Rocket Mortar Company 177 Armoured Bat. Support Company 216
Motor Rifle Armoured Company 178 Armoured Bat. Artillery Company 217
MR NBC and Medical Platoons 179 Engineer, NBC and Medical Platoons 218
MR Engineer and AA Platoons 180 Regimental Support Options 219
Armoured Battalion HQ 181 Regimental 122mm Artillery Company 220
Armoured Company (T-62) 182 Regimental 152mm Artillery Company 221
Armoured Company (T-72) 183 Target Acquisition & Jamming Company 222
Armoured Company (T-55) 184 Regt. Hv. Mortar Company (120mm) 223
Armoured Bat. Motor Rifle Company 185 Regimental Rocket Mortar Company 224
Armoured Bat. Support Company 186 Regimental Rocket-Artillery Company 225
Armoured Bat. Artillery Company 187 Regimental SPG Artillery Company 226
Engineer, R-Mortar, NBC & Medical 188 Anti-Tank and Traffic Control Platoons 227
Regimental Support Options 189 Regimental Anti-Aircraft Battery 228
Regimental 122mm Artillery Company 190 Soviet Air Support Options 1980-1990 229
Regimental 152mm Artillery Company 191 PART IV. Nuclear Weapons 231
Target Acquisition & Jamming Company 192 Chemical and Biological Weapons 232
Regt. Hv. Mortar Company (120mm) 193 Nuclear Weapons 233
Regimental Rocket Mortar Company 194 Fallout & Fighting in a Nuclear Environment 236
Regimental Rocket-Artillery Company 195 PART V. Armoury Sections 243
Regimental SPG Artillery Company 196 Soviet Armoury 244
Anti-Tank and Traffic Control Platoons 197 US Armoury 248
Regimental Anti-Aircraft Battery 198 US Helicopters 253
Soviet Air Support Options 1970-1980 199 Soviet Aircraft Section 254
PART III.c Soviet Forces 1980-1990 201 US Aircraft Section 256
Motor Rifle Battalion HQ 202 About the Author 260
Motor Rifle Company (Tracked) 203 Index of Photographs & Credits 261
Motor Rifle Company (Wheeled) 204 Last Page 262
Soviet T-62 and BMP-1 in their barracks; East Germany

The Information contained in this book will allow you to field a Flames of War style force in the
modern period. I have made this loosely as between 1960 to 1990. Post 1990 will be covered
1
in the forthcoming GULF WAR! Battles in the Gulf 1991 to Present and AFGHANISTAN!
Battle for Helmand Province. This book primarily focuses on the period of the Cold War, from
the 1960’s through to the collapse of the Soviet Union in the 1990’s and gives you the
foundation stones to fight in almost any theatre, from just after WWII right through to ‘future’
conflicts. Modern equipment & organisations will be covered in the future supplements. This
book differs from the first edition rulebook in the fact that it contains more detailed rules on
firing (both direct and indirect) as well as visibility, covering modifiers, revised ATGW rules
and rules on morale and command & control. Also included in this book are revised and
2
expanded TO&E for the American and Soviet Forces; ideally suited to re-create a
hypothetical invasion of West Germany; however the lists and forces can be used to re-create
any scenarios of your devising, from small border clashes, to the encirclement of Berlin
through to ‘war by proxy’ in such far and away countries as Syria, Cuba and Angola. With
these two lists it’s possible to manufacture almost any army on the planet from Angola to
Zimbabwe! Additional army lists will be covered in forthcoming supplements.
To make this book easier to use, we have split it into several sections. The first outlines the
basic rules including revised command distances, basing of models, modern artillery, tanks,
armour piercing rounds, and anti-tank weapons such as the M-79 grenade launcher and the
ubiquitous RPG-7 of the Soviet supplied forces and missile systems such as the Swatter and
Dragon ATGM’s in addition, new elements such as helicopters and chemical, nuclear and
biological weapons are introduced alongside staples such as visibility (who can shoot and
who cannot) and morale.
Part Two is a detailed American Order of Battle including Armoured, Mechanised, Infantry,
and Air Cavalry/Airborne units and Part Three is the complete Soviet Order of Battle including
the Mechanised and Armoured units covering the period 1960 to 1970. The Soviet Order of
Battle is somewhat limited as it does not cover every single piece of Soviet equipment
produced during this time as the Soviets produced a vast array of weapons –it includes the
most common weapons and weapons configurations as would be encountered in a force
based in the West and a Category I and II Division.
nd 3
Armed with this book, and several 1:72 (20mm) or 15mm scale miniatures , you will be able
to refight innumerable conflicts from the Cold War, including the US battles in Vietnam, the
Argentinean invasion of the Falkland Islands, the first CoAlition/Iraq Gulf War (Operation
Desert Storm), the break up of the Soviet Empire, the clashes in Bosnia, Croatia and Kosovo,
as well as theoretical scenarios such as the invasion of Western Germany by the massed
tank armies of the Soviet Union.
Steve Wood of Arcane Scenery and Models supplied me with the majority of models and
scenery found in this book and has an extensive stock of Battlefont ™, Warlord Games,
Italeri, Zvesda, Pegasus and Revell amongst many others as well as a large selection of
scenery including Sarisa Precision MDF buildings (the best on the market).
www.arcanesceneryandmodels.co.uk. Steve Butler, or Butlers Printed Models also supplied
me with BMP-1 and BMP-2’s alongside T-55, T-62 and T-72 tanks!
www.ButlersPrintedModels.co.uk and not forgetting Keith Armstrong of Armies Army
www.armiesarmy.com who does an exceptional range of Soviet Airborne (VDV) forces as well
as British, including FV432’s, Scimitars, Challenger I and II’s as well as Chieftains.
1
Including the Arab Spring, Syria, Lybia and fighting ISIS in the Arabian Penninsular
2
TO&E Table of Organisation and Equipment –the lists that tell you what an army should have as
opposed to what it actually has
3
Or even 6mm using cm’s for inches –or halving all ranges?
10

3
COLD WAR ! Is a stand alone rule system that gives you the basic building blocks to be able
to field and use, a combined arms4 force on the tabletop. The entire weapon ranges, armour
3
and penetration values are constant throughout the range for COLD WAR ! And the
forthcoming skirmish game FIRE FIGHT! The only changes are the basing conventions (how
to organize your miniatures for tabletop games) and the weapon ranges. An M-48 tank
deployed for a skirmish will have the same armour value as the M-48 Platoon platoon
deployed in West Berlin in Cold War!
COLD WAR3! Uses similar conventions as to other tabletop games in the genre that one
plastic (or metal) soldier represents one soldier, and one tank or gun or vehicle one such ‘real’
tank, gun or vehicle. Aircraft are represented (notionally) as a group of three (or singular),
representing one such ‘flight’ of ‘real’ aircraft. Games are played on any level playing surface,
whether this is the dining room table, the sitting room floor, the back garden, or a specially
constructed war gaming table. Scenery in the form of trees, roads, houses, rivers, and bushes
are added to the table in a mutually pleasing way to provide cover for the squads, teams, and
groups of soldiers and their assigned vehicles (tanks, armoured cars or jeeps) to move
behind, take shelter from enemyfire and objectively take and defend against the enemy. Each
side fields a balanced force using points to ‘purchase’ their units, with both players agreeing
to specific objectives and victory conditions to end the game. Each player then takes
command of their soldiers and issues orders, moves their troops and achieves their objectives
just as a ‘real’ battlefield commander would do. In larger games the forces are split on each
side and commanders are assigned to each group, with an overall commander in charge of
the battle, just like in a real staff HQ.
COLD WAR3! Employs a flexible ground scale to allow ALL of the combined arms of a
modern battlefield to play a part, from the lowliest section weapon right through to the artillery,
irrespective of if you are playing a section skirmish game or a brigade level battle; however,
some of the scaling has had to be ‘scaled’ to include all aspects of the modern battlefield,
otherwise there would be little point in you buying and painting such models as M109
howitzers (with an effective range of 18.1km): the model would be in your back garden (or the
neighbours) and STILL be able to blast the infantry to bits deployed on the kitchen table of
your neighbor down the street…
5
To be able to incorporate modern Combined Arms tactics like Fast Air units just would not
be possible unless you had a playing area the size of the Isle of Wight6 ! The ground scale
has been designed to provide flexibility of play, combining ALL branches of the military,from
offshore cruisers lending support, to the aircraft populating the skies above the battlefield, and
the artillery raining shells down in support of the armoured columns and infantry, with some
minor ‘tweaking’ to allow certain elements to be preent on the tabletop. A notional scale (for
the ground troops) to calculate weapons effects such as Napalm, Nuclear, Biological, and
7
Chemical strikes and their ‘footprint’ has been set at 1cm = 10 ‘real world’meters for such
effects.
COLD WAR3! Can be adapted for any size miniatures, with equivalent weapons scales either
being increased or decreased depending on how the players feel (for instance halve the
weapons ranges). COLD WAR3! Is ideally suited for 15mm/20mm with no correction of
weapons scales/ground scale, but can be easily adapted to 28mm. COLD WAR3! Has been
deliberately written to allow for the player(s) to fully experience the sights and sounds of the
modern (empty) battlefield and, to this end, the rules are fairly straightforward and able to be
adapted as the situation(s) demand.
4
Combined Arms is the term given to operations utilising combined branches of the Army, such as:
Infantry, Armour, Artillery & Air Force or Navy
5
The US term for Fast Air is Fast Movers –any fixed wing aircraft capable of releasing ordnance
6
Rhode Island for American Readers
7
The downwind plume a chemical/biological or nuclear strike leaves as ‘fallout’ or ‘chemical residue’
11

The units involved can be scaled as well to suit whatever scenario you are playing. For
instance, if you are utilising a Soviet Break through scenario on the East German Border, you
may want to involve Divisions and Army Groups rather than the maximum Battalion that you
usually field and play with. Scaling does not alter any of the rules or scenery or even the
pieces of equipment you are fielding; what it does alter is the quantity that unit/piece of
equipment represents. Therefore if you are representing a Division your component pieces of
your battalion would equal NOT companies, but battalions, platoons would represent
companies and squads would represent platoons. In this manner larger forces and the tactic
ability involved can be brought to our miniature tabletop battlefields.
The game is played with teams of soldiers engaged in real life scenarios or ‘what if’ actions,
from the end of World War Two (1947) through Korea, Suez Crisis, Malaysia Emergency,
Aden, Vietnam (both Vietnams, the French Indochina War and the American Involvement ’65
to ’75), Central American Wars, African Conflicts, Falklands, the First Gulf War, Bosnia and
Kosovo, Sierra Leone, Second Gulf War, and Afghanistan with any number of possible
conflicts from the Cold War right through to the break up of the Soviet Union and the
emergence of new post-colonial independent states and the brutal ethno-centric civil wars
that came with many of them. The scale of what you can do is only limited by the players
rd st
imagination… what if the 3 SS Division met the Soviet 1 ‘Guards’ Tank Regiment in
Cochin? What would happen if the Russians invaded Iran? Who would win between a platoon
of Chalenger II Tanks and a platoon of M1a1 Abrams’? (My moneys on the Chalengers II’s!)
A British Saladin APC lies abandoned after taking fire; West Germany
12

The concept of COLD WAR3! Is to command teams of soldiers to achieve a specific

objective; the game is solely based around teams of infantry, guns and vehicles that are
‘assigned’ to you to achieve this objective. Your soldiers are equipped and organised just as
their ‘real world’ counterparts are. Detailed National Order of Battles are available from
Arcane Scenery, Amazon, eBay and Lulu press (www.lulu.com) for various modern forces for
you to utilise to organise your troops. However, for streamlining purposes this section
presents a brief ‘how to organise your troops’, including how best to base your teams and
group them utilising a generic system. This system differs from that in FIRE FIGHT!, as COLD
WAR3! Deals with the Battalion level, not the Platoon level of gaming.
For the majority of the world, the following table of ‘hierarchy’ is common:
XXXX ARMY
An army is the largest unit encountered in any battles, usually
ARMY made up several corps (1-4) the army numbers anything from
250,000 to 500,000 men.
XXX CORPS
A Corps is a tactical formation of attached Divisions (usually 1-3)
and is tasked with the control of a specific area, operation or task
CORPS and can number anything from 50,000 to 100,000 men
XX DIVISION
A division (usually) has 2-4 battalions (or more) including it’s own
support such as artillery, armour and infantry, or may be
organised to contain 2-3 Brigades.
DIVISION
III or X REGIMENT/BRIGADE
A Regiment/Brigade is made up of a collection of battalions; it is
a smaller manoeuvre unit than a Division. Brigades or Regiments
form parts of Divisions and can be detached for operational
BRIGADE needs. A British Brigade groups battalions from different
regiments under one manoeuvre element. The Soviets use
regiments in the make up of their Divisions
II BATTALION
BATTALION A Battalion is a group of anything from 3-6 companies with
attached support units, artillery, armour, reconnaissance and
other units; anything from 400 to 1,000 men
I COMPANY
COMPANY A company usually comprises 3-4 platoons, about 90 to 150 men
and may have heavy weapons assigned such as mortars and
anti-tank weapons and specialist platoons.
ooo PLATOON
PLATOON A Platoon groups together 3-4 sections under one commander,
usually a Lieutenant. Platoons also have heavy weapons
assigned that may include mortars and anti-tank weapons.
oo SQUAD/SECTION
SQUAD/SECTION A squad (US terminology) or section (British terminology) is a
group of teams under a squad/section commander (usually a
sergeant); a squad/section can be anything from 8 to 12 men.
o TEAM
TEAM The team is the smallest unit encountered and is a group
of soldiers (2-4) that crew either a weapon or form a fire-
team
13

A Division may include it’s own reconnaissance, support, artillery and armoured units and can
include anything from 2 to 6 battalions of infantry (or tanks or guns, depending on Division
type) a typical Division layout (for the US army) is included below. Note that it includes it’s
own Mechanised Infantry Battalion, Armoured Battalion, Heliborne Scout Battalion,
Engineers, Signals, Air Defence and Helicopter Battalion as well as Military Police and NBC8
Defence Companies
A typical battalion may be organised to include support units such as a heavy weapons
company and reconnaissance or mortar platoons. A Typical (US Army) Battalion is illustrated
here. Included are three rifle companies, each with three rifle platoons, and a weapons
platoon; Scout Platoon, Anti-Tank Platoon, Medical Platoon, Heavy Mortar Platoon, Air
defence Platoon, and a Transportation Platoon. In COLD WAR3! The NBC, transportation,
and reconnaissance platoons actually have a role to play on your tabletop and are not merely
‘frilly bits’ to spend points
on or to be utilised as an
additional infantry squad
(which they are not
designed for).
A Platoon is organised
with a HQ section, three
to four squads of infantry,
and possibly an attached
heavy weapons section
equipped with a mortar,
anti-tank weapon, or
heavy machinegun. The
Platoon and it’s attached
units is the basic ‘playing
pieces’ in COLD WAR3!
The squads of your
Infantry Platoons are the
‘Grunts on the Ground’
that can win you the fire
fight and it’s these
indomitable little soldiers
that achieve your
objectives.
Each platoon comprises several groups of soldiers organised into squads (as previously
mentioned) these squads comprise teams of soldiers, anything from two individuals to 3-4
soldiers. These teams are the basis of your COLD WAR3! Games.
8
NBC (Nuclear, Biological and Chemical) has been recently re-named CBRN (Chemical, Biological,
Radiological and Nuclear) to encompass the additional threat of Radiological devices (dirty bombs).
14

BASING
As in real life, soldiers do not fight alone, but together as teams, sections, and squads, each
combining to form platoons and platoons form companies and so on. To represent this in
COLD WAR3! Your teams are based
together and can range from 2-3 COLD WAR3! Base Sizes
soldiers on a base, representing, as in NORMAL BASE, or ½ base:
real life, a group of 2-3 real individuals, 1¼ ” (32mm) by 1”(25mm)
to larger teams of 4-6 models. 1 to 3 Infantry figures, small weapons
teams (i.e. LMG) and so forth.
Vehicles do not need to be based up
separately, as the vehicle itself contains
all of the crew and can quite happily be MEDIUM BASE:
moved by itself without the need to 2” (50mm) by 1½ ” (32mm)
remember who was attached to it – 3-5 Infantry Figures, gun teams, mortars
unlike an Infantry Team! and so forth
Infantry and guns need to be glued
securely to a base, thin card or plastic LARGE BASE:
works best for this, tho I personally go 2” (50mm) by 2½ ” (65mm)
for MDF bases; suitably painted with Large gun teams, artillery, cavalry, large
additional scenery glued to it to fit in with (heavy) mortars, rockets etcetera
your war games table. The following
3
table is the size of bases required for COLD WAR ! And their intended uses. However,
players may decide to mount all of their infantry teams on medium bases. This is perfectly fine
as long as the groups of soldiers that make up each Team are based together. I actually use
round bases for weapons teams and mortar teams, so it is up to the individual players choice.
Bases DO NOT need to be orientated in any specific way, base your figures and guns as
appropriate and whatever suits the figure/model. The NORMAL BASE may be 1”x1 ¼” or 1
¼” x 1”; orientation depends on what figures are being based!
Modern Military squads utilise the Normal Base (1¼” x 1”) to mount the elements comprising
the squad: the Grenade Launcher Team(s), Light Machinegun Team(s), Rifle Team and the
Squad HQ Team (The Squad Leader, Staff Sergeant and riflemen).
On the modern battlefield sections (or teams) within a modern organised squad are spread
out more, therefore the parent squads can disperse more from their parent platoon HQ as
they are in constant contact via radio.
Independent models such as SAM teams, FAC and FAO, Signal team’s etcetera will be
based on the normal base (1¼” x 1” base) and would comprise anything from ONE (1) model
to TWO (2) models for that particular team.
Anti-Tank squads such as the TOW and Dragon ATGM will be based on the Medium Base if
they do not fit on the Normal Base. Anti-Tank Teams can be Independent Teams –check your
Table of Organisation & Equipment to make sure –as some countries use their Anti-Tank
teams as infiltrators and independent teams that work in advance of the main body of troops
hunting down (and neutralising) enemy armoured formations (for example: Israel).
COMMAND TEAMS, Battalion, Company and so forth are best based on the NORMAL BASE
(1/2 base) rather than a larger base and the same can apply for command teams of Platoons
and squads, however, it’s up to individual players and what they prefer –for instance, the
Battalion HQ team may be mounted on a large base, with additional scenery to make a
miniature diorama as this is the centrepiece of the army.
The exception to the usual rule are INDEPENDENT TEAMS, which, as the name on the tin
suggests act independently of the section, squad, platoon or company –though they may be
‘detached’ from a platoon or company. Examples of Independent Teams can be Forward
Artillery Observers, Forward Air Controller, Signals and Medical teams; though the later
15

and former would actually be ‘detached’ from their platoon or company and ‘assigned’ to the
platoon, squad or company HQ’s of your group and therefore be part of that squads, platoon
or Companies formation and team(s). Other Independent Teams can include the HQ teams
(especially the 2iC team) who can detach themselves and attach themselves as they see fit to
observe and conduct the operations under their command.
A modern rifle section (or squad –to quote the Americans) comprises 8 to 10 soldiers
(depending on nation). A US rifle squad has gone from 12 soldiers to 10, a British squad has
lost two men from it’s 10 man formation. A Squad (or section) Comprises a HQ of a sergeant
9
(the squad leader), a fire-team leader (the squad 2iC ), a machine gunner (the squad
Machinegun) and an anti-armour grenadier (the squads Anti-tank specialist) –armed with (if
Warsaw pact) an RPG-7 or if Western a grenade launcher, either a disposable model such as
the LAW-66 or a
breach loading
version such as the
M-79 or M-203. The
remainder of the
squad is formed by
riflemen. The
machinegun and anti-
tank specialist always
have a second to
assist them (usually termed the assistant machine gunner, assistant-grenadier etcetera) and
these form the Rifle or Grenade Team(s).
To fit in with the basing concept these soldiers will be divided into four bases (measuring 1” x
1¼”). The Grenade Launcher (and assistant) will make a base of two figures and the
Machinegun (and
assistant) a base of two,
the remaining figures will
be made into a squad HQ
team and a rifleman team
(taking the fire-team
leader, usually a corporal
as their commander, with
the Squad HQ team
being the Squad Leader and radioman with a spare rifleman.
This is preferable over a basing system of two bases with four to five models each
(Grenadier, Squad HQ, Assistant Grenadier and Rifleman on one base; Machine Gunner &
Assistant, Squad 2iC and 2 Riflemen on another base) as this would prove too ‘clunky’ in the
art of modern warfare. Basing the Squad up over four bases gives a better tactical spread of
weapons. Casualties can also be better managed –just like in the ‘real’ world.
SOVIET ORGANISATION
The Soviets organisation revolvesa round the mechanised Infantry Regiment and the
organisation of the associated squads in the attached Platoons is determined by the method
of transport being utilised and how many soldiers it can transport. A Soviet Squad will allways
comprise an LMG and
asssiatnt, RPG and
assistant, a squad HQ
and riflemen. The
number of riflemen
present depends on
the transportation
available. If a late
1960’s force is in a
BTR-50k then the
9
2iC stands for Second-in-Command, the ‘vice commander’ if you like
16

squad will include 6 riflemen (including the Squad HQ); if equipped with the latest BMP-2 then
the squad will only have 3 riflemen (plus LMG, RPG and HQ). The squad is based up as LMG
& assistant on one base; RPG and assistant on another; then riflemen based in teams of
three (or two) per
base –to fit their
transports. Later
Soviet Troops have
Two Machinegun
teams and one RPG
team.
KOREA and VIETNAM

If you are intending to play games prior to 1960, then the basing system can be adapted to
two large teams, one with the LMG in it, the other the riflemen, as tactics pre 1960’s were little
changed from WW2, with any casualties being medevacked back to the rear by their
comrades and not left to the organic medic attached to the Platoon to deal with with the fire
team staying on mission.
17

One other reason for spreading the sections over four bases is due to the effect of wounds. In
WW2 and up to the 1950’s if a member got wounded it would take half of the section to care
for that wounded model, taking them to the rear, or providing runners to fetch the aids man
etcetera. In modern warfare everyone carries their own personal first aid kit and most
platoons have an organic medic attached from the Medical Platoon supporting the Company.
Therefore it takes less soldiers to care for the wounded individual –so half of your team does
not need to disappear off the battlefield just because your comrade in arms got wonded –they
can soldier on! Wounds will be explained in further detail later on in the rulebook.
TABLE OF RANKS AND EQUIVALENT(s)

Role British (UK) American Russian (Soviet)
Soldier Private Private E2 Krasnoarmyets
10
Section Leader Lance Corporal PFC or Corporal Yfreitor
Squad Leader Corporal Sergeant or E6 Serzhant
Platoon 2iC Sergeant Master Sergeant Serzhant
Platoon Commander Lieutenant 1st Lieutenant Leytenant
nd
Company 2iC Lieutenant or Captain 2 Lieutenant Starshi Leytenant
Company Commander Major Captain Kapitan
Battalion 2iC Major Major Major
Battalion Commander Lt. Colonel/Colonel Lieutenant Colonel Podpolkovnik
Regiment 2iC Colonel Major/Lt. Colonel Podpolkovnik
Regiment Commander Brigadier Colonel Polkovnik
10
Sometimes referred to as the Fire Team Leader or even Team Leader
18

The turn sequence is broken down into four segments that always remain the same
irrespective of what sort of scenario you and your opponent are playing. In COLD WAR3! You
take command of a Battalion (or higher) formation of soldiers, American or Soviet Union
(Russian).
The turn sequence is broken down into various phases such as movement, shooting and
close combat (or Assault). There are several types of scenario from all out firelight, encounter,
ambush, rescue mission and raid’s11 for you to base your games around, but the turn
sequence will remain the same. The turn sequence takes place as a set of phases, but these
are taken to be simultaneous. A turn represents about twenty to thirty minutes of actual time.
MOVEMENT
During the movement phase all models eligible for

movement and are allowed to move (see movement
rules) can move during this phase; taking turns
SHOOTING
During the shooting phase all models that can shoot

(bearing in mind the shooting rules later) can shoot
during this phase; in turn
CLOSE COMBAT / ASSAULT
During the Close Combat /Assault phase, any models

that have entered into close combat/or are deemed to be
Assaulting resolve their combat during this phase
RECOVERY
During the recovery phase all models that are down (see
wounding rules later) may attempt to recover, morale is
checked; leadership and rallying tests are taken
11
See the Scenario Section for more details
19

Platoons are the basic foundation of your army, the guys on the ground that will get your job
done. The platoon and it’s subordinate squads/sections is the basic building block of your
army and the smallest organisational group that you will field for morale purposes in your
games of COLD WAR3! –The largest units you will field will be the Battalion or Brigade.
3
Unlike other conventional games such as FIRE FIGHT! COLD WAR ! Does not put the
emphasis on the ability of any one weapon to hit anyone, as it is well known that a 10 year old
child can hit a target with a fully automatic weapon (and have done). In COLD WAR3! The
emphasis is placed upon the ability of one team to hit another team and that teams ability to
find the right crevices, crannies and folds in the terrain to hide behind so that they do not get
hit –our tabletop battlefields are artificaially flat, in the real world there are clumpsof grass,
bricks, stones, crevices and folds in the terrain that can all act as cover, even the lip of a
curbstone can provide some cover!
The ability to hit any one target with their weapons is determined by a dice roll (1D6) and is
termed the teams TRAINING LEVEL. The ability to dodge said incoming fire is also taken by
the teams TRAINING LEVEL. The ability to survive sustained fire, to give commands (and
receive them) to do any other type of test is taken, again with 1D6, on the teams MORALE,
this is the teams general ability (and motivation) to get the task in hand accomplished –or run
away!
COLD WAR3! Uses four training areas and four morale states as indicated on the chart below.
Training levels:
UNTRAINED: such units as clerks, orderlies and civilians who have had rudimentary
weapons training but are more deadly with a cup of coffee and a typewriter than a 9mm
sidearm!
CONSCRIPT: such units like conscripted infantry and militia who have had some basic
military and weapons training but are not as conversent as they could be (or should be).
TRAINED: such units that have have regular training and regularly have weapons drill, such
units as full time infantry and elite police units such as SWAT.
ELITE/VETERAN: such units as highly trained, specialist, infantry formations, paratroops,

comandoes and other elite type formations such as the Spetznats, Navy SEALS and the
British SAS or German GSG-9 or equivalent.
Morale Levels:
POOR: those units that have little or no morivation such as conscripted (press ganged)
infantry, reservists with no conviction, civilians and ad-hoc militias and formations or those
that have had a routine and regular pounding and are shattered.
RELUCTANT: those units that, although have had some training, are not really confident
enough to take on the 175th Armoured Division armed with political rhetoric and a sharpened
spoon; or those trained (and regular) units that have had their confidence shaken
considerably.
CONFIDENT: those units that have good training, are boyant, enthusiastic and confident in
their goals, objectives and political understanding and have a high level of confidence in their
tactics, equipment and their supporting comrades; the political rhetoric, muzzle loading rifle
and repeated attempts at the obstacle course have enthused the unit with the confidence to
take on the 5th Shock Army with bare teeth and youthful enthusiasm!
20

FEARLESS: those units that have enough enthusiasm, confidence (either from past victories
or misguided judgement) feel that they can take on the entire military might of North Korea
with their e-tool and a can of condensed milk! Marines, confident communists and North
Korean Infantry could be classed as fearless –so could John Q. Rambo…
Of course there can be an amalgamation of Morale Levels and Training Levels that can lead
to various combinations to represent nearly every state of morale and training covering most
major units and ad-hoc militias. For instance, the USMC may be variously described as
CONFIDENT TRAINED and/or FEARLESS TRAINED. Delta Force may be given the status of
FEARLESS TRAINED or even CONFIDENT ELITE; depending on the situation and the
groups overall training, morale, skill, motivation and reaction to previous combat experience.
rd
The 3 Vladivostok Militsia, after heavy fighting may be described as RELUCTANT TRAINED
as opoosed to the 1st Volksturm Guard who have been recruited from local bar staff and are
POOR UNTRAINED. The states of morale & training can thus be tailored to any type of
organisation, from the poor untrained right through to the fearless elite! I.e. your Battalion
12
Typists who have just been given a rifle and told to ‘Defend the perimeter!’
Teams Morale Level Teams Training Level
POOR 6+ UNTRAINED 6+
RELUCTANT 5+ CONSCRIPT 5+
CONFIDENT 4+ TRAINED 4+
FEARLESS 3+ ELITE/VETERAN 3+
COMMAND and COMMAND DISTANCES
Due to the increase in the use of radios and the frequency as to which they are assigned to
platoons, squads and individual fire teams within a squad, the command distances are as
follows for ‘modern’ Infantry13:
Training Level of Platoon up to 1960 1961 to Modern

INFANTRY TANKS INFANTRY TANKS
UNTRAINED 1” or 2.5cm 2” or 5cm 2” or 5cm 4” or 5cm
CONSCRIPT 2” or 5cm 4” or 10cm 4” or 10cm 6” or 12cm
TRAINED 4” or 10cm 6” or 15cm 6” or 15cm 8” or 15cm
ELITE/VETERAN 6” or 15cm 8” or 20cm 8” or 20cm 10” or 20cm
The Command Distance is the bubble that the infantry teams must remain inside to be in
command. Units that are in command can shoot, move, assault and regroup as normal; units
that are out of command cannot shoot or assault and can only defend themselves if attacked.
All units can remain in command if they are within line-of-sight of their higher echelon
formation leader, and no less than 16”/40cm from them but would otherwise be out of
command according to their training level.
Out of command units must move, after all other units, to bring themselves back in command,
or move their higher echelon leader towards them to bring them under control –or into line-of-
12
Rated as Frealess Untrained in my opinion…nothing is deadlier than the battalion typist (or orderly
clerk!)
13
Infantry from 1961 onwards
21

sight. A Platoon must have half (50%) of it’s units under control otherwise the entire Platoon is
considered out of command.
Out of Command units move AFTER all other units and must try and re-establish themselves
back under command. Out of Command units cannot engage the enemy and can only fight
in self defence.
All elements of each Squad (Alpha, Bravo and

Charlie) are within 4” of each other –thus they
are in command. They are also within
16”/40cm of their immediate superior unit,
their Platoon Commander.
Distances in the Illustration are not to scale
The Support Platoon on the other hand is Out of
Command as one of its Mortar Teams is not within
4”/10cm of the Teams HQ. The Suport Platoon must
spend it’s next turn getting Under Command by moving
the Mortar team within 4”/15cm of it’s HQ Team, or
bringing the other teams (and HQ Element) closer.
22

Movement is a vital component to achieve victory. The German Blitzkrieg was about rapid
deployment of troops through fast and effective movement –this is still relevant in todays
modern battlefield, possibly even more relevant.
Movement is conducted in various ways, on foot, mounted in vehicles, on horses (or other
animals), or by vehicles themselves. The rate at which your troops can move is determined by
how fast and how quick you wish your troops to move, and bearing in mind that the quicker
the troops move the more penalties there are to hit any enemy models as automatic rifle fire
becomes even more inaccurate when conducted on the run (despite what Holywood would
have us believe).
Of course, just like in real life, terrain also affects movement. You cannot run full tilt across a
marsh and make as much headway as if you were running full tilt down a nice paved road for
example! Our model soldiers are not super soldiers! steep hills will slow you down as will
marshes and bogs –whereass other types of terrain may stop you completely like cliffs, crags
and steep mountains
ROUGH DIFFICULT
GROUND Rough GROUND
Elephant Terrain Rock faces, QUARTER
grass, dry MOVEMENT cliffs, MOVEMENT
river/paddy RATE broken RATE
ground, etc
TRENCH
Rough
MARSH HALVE STREAM Terrain
/ BOG MOVEMENT or MOVEMENT
RATE DITCH RATE
The distance with which your troops can move is determined by the terrain, the type of troops
and the area/distance intending to be covered. For instance, the more mobile the troop the
greater distance can be covered (Soviet Mechanised Forces) –though the rougher the terrain,
the slower the unit will move –negating their speed.
MOBILITY Road Cross-Country Rough Terrain

FULLY TRACKED 12”/25cm 12”/25cm 8”/20cm
SLOW TANK -4”/10cm to movement rate’s
FAST TANK +5”/12cm to movement rate’s
HALF-TRACKED 16”/40cm 12”/30cm 4”/10cm
WHEELED 16”/40cm 12”/30cm 4”/10cm
HORSE DRAWN 10”/25cm 8”/20cm 4”/10cm
OX DRAWN 8”/20cm 4”/10cm 2”/5cm
CAVALRY 10”/25cm 10”/25cm 8”/20cm
MOTORBIKE 12”/25cm 10”/25cm 4”/10cm
HUMAN 6”/15cm 6”/15cm 6”/15cm
Man packed GUN 6”/15cm 6”/15cm 6”/15cm
LIGHT GUNS 4”/10cm 4”/10cm 4”/10cm
MEDIUM/HV GUNS 2”/5cm 2”/5cm 2”/5cm
IMMOBILE GUNS NP can only be moved if towed by a vehicle!
23

1”/3cm is equal to 50 meters on the tabletop14

The first steps during the movement phase choose what and who is going to move. Individual
Platoons and Companies can be given the orders to ‘Advance’, ‘Charge’, ‘Hold’ or ‘Attack’. A
unit may also be given certain special orders for movement such as ‘Withdraw’, ‘On The
Double’ and ‘re-organise’.
Once you have chosen what units will receive what movement orders, it is time to move the
units. –remember that if you are using an ‘Advance’ order on an Infantry Company –then all
of it’s subordinate Platoons will also receive the same order!
ADVANCE is the most normal movement order that you can issue; the troops under your
command will slowly move towards the enemy and/or objective. They will use cautious
movement to achieve this so as not to represent too much of a target of themselves to the
enemy. Advancing units move at their normal rate without modifiers, only for the terrain
crossing. They may fire (but at half their usual ROF –see firing later)
CHARGE all units will move rapidly across the intervening terrain with the hope of closing
with the enemy and initiating a close-assault phase with the intention of eliminating them.
Units Charging cannot fire –whatever the circumstances –they are too busy yelling, holding
their helmet on and running!
A Charge move will automatically halt if they encounter enemy models
HOLD literally means the unit will remain in their current position –best to be used if you wish
that unit to engage the enemy with any degree of accuracy in the shooting phase.
ATTACK is the order given to a unit with the intention of blasting the enemy at close range
whilst advancing –usually given if a Charge order falls short of closing with the enemy and/or
the enemy is about to close with your positions. Units using an Attack order may engage the
enemy with fire as well as move (with attendant penalties of -1 to hit and ROF penalties)
ASSAULT Is like an attack order, but is conducted as a charge order combined with
shooting (at a -2 penalty) –the objective to engage rapidly with the enemy and then close in
with Close-Combat if the bases are touching –if they fall short then the order is presumed to
be an attack order. Assault’s take place in the Close Combat segment of the turn and move
and fire during this turn –then engage in Close Combat.
WITHDRAW is the order’s given to a unit who is facing overwhelming odds, or knows that it’s
position is about to become untenable. A Withdraw order may also be given to a unit who is in
the wrong position and needs to move to strengthen the line elsewhere, or support
colleagues. Units Withdrawing cannot engage in any offensive firing, but may defend
themselves from attack.
ON THE DOUBLE is the order(s) given to a unit that needs to re-deploy, catch up, or
otherwise make haste to a position and requires that unit to abandon everything else it is
doing and move as fast as it possibly can to the new location –whilst moving On The Double
a unit cannot engage in any type of firing whatsoever, even defensive! –They are too busy
putting the ‘pedal to the metal’ and hussling it.
Teams moving ‘On The Double’ may move TWICE as far as normal
However, if they pass within 8”/20cm of an enemy they must immediately halt
Re-Organise is another way to say ‘withdraw’ –however, a Re-Organise order may not mean
the unit has to move too far as the unit is moving it’s manoeuvre elements into new positions,
or more importantly into command. Units re-organising may only fire in defence only.
14
Notionally
24

Movement affects shooting with a -1 to the Teams Training Level15

MOVEMENT AND DISMOUNTING FROM VEHICLES
Those units that are being transported (lucky them) in the back of a truck, on the rear deck of
a tank or in a specially constructed mechanised vehicle (such as an MCV80 Warrior, M-113
or BTR-60) may dismount from said vehicles after the vehicle has stopped moving –and
without penalty if the vehicle was travelling slowly –otherwise the infantry will have to take a
wound roll as they are literally jumping from a vehicle doing 60 km/h (not good!).
Units that have dismounted from a vehicle may not move –even if they have movement left
(i.e. the infantry section has not moved, only the vehicle). The unit may move in the next turn
but not the turn they have dismounted! –They are too busy lining up, getting their kit and
making sure they are pointing the right way! And more importantly remembered everything!
IF the transportation unit was stationary at the start of the turn, then it may dismount it’s
infantry and then move. The Infantry may move up to ½ of their normal movement allowance
and then must halt. Dismounted infantry in this fascion may fire at the usual -1 penalty.
Units dismounting must be placed from the cargo/passenger area of the vehicle; therefore, a
unit dismounting from an M-113 or a BMP-2 will be placed either side of the rear of the
vehicle. Vehicles that have open rooves and/or hatches may dismount to the rear and/or
either side of the vehicle.
Vehicles towing equipment, such as guns and artillery pieces (or even other vehicles) cannot
transport troops as well –they are taken up with the weapons ammunition, stores and crew;
these troops must either walk or hitch a ride with another vehicle.
Unlimbering weapons acts in the same way as dismounting an infantry team and the same
principles occur –of course, a DF-120 howitzer cannot be unlimbered to the side of it’s towing
BTR-50 –even though the tractor has roof hatches –the weapon is being towed to the rear of
the vehicle –therefore towed weapons, vehicles and/or equipment can only ‘dismount’
(unlimber) to the rear of the towing (tractor) vehicle.
Soviet Mechanised formations are adepts at Unlimbering on the Move –this means that a
Soviet Artillery unit may unlimber their weapons and continue to move! –They must unlimber
with 50% to 75% of their movement still remaining and then continue their movement.
Vehicles and infantry that have just finished dismounting cannot then Go To Ground.
However, if the team was dismounted at the beginning of the turn, then that team can use it’s
¼ movement to Go To Ground. Unless the transporting team was engineers.
Vehicles that have just finished moving and dismounting infantry and/or weapons cannot then
be classed as concealed as they have just arrived. At the start of the next turn, if there has
been no further movement, no recee troops within 12”/30cm and no enemy within 8”/20cm,
then the team, artillery, equipment and transporting vehicle can then be classed as
concealed.
GONE TO GROUND
Units that have been stationary for 1 turn may spend their ‘movement’ phase Going To
16
Ground; in otherwords getting their E-Tool to construct hasty and improvised protection
15
Though this does not indicate that the team has suddenly lost their training, it’s just harder to hit
something if you are moving and firing at full automatic –despite what Hollywood would have us
believe! In the real world it is hard to do more than one thing at once in full battlekit under fire…
16
E-Tool is the name for Entenching Tool; the small hand shovels that all infantrymen find themselves
issued with and have to carry –these small shovels are used to construct latrines and shell scrapes and
sometimes hit the enemy (or your sergeant) with…and allways get in the way along with your Gas
Mask bag.
25

such as narrow shell scrapes, small trenches and such like –troops that have Gone To
Ground are more difficult to hit and gain a -1 penalty to be spotted and shot at.
CONCEALED
Troops that are a minimum of 12”/30cm form an enemy formation and 16”/40cm form reccee
troops may spend their turn digging in and concealing themselves. Concealed troops loose
their concealement if they fire and/or move.
Troops can also be concealed by intervening terrain. Terrain may partially obscure the troops,
weapon and/or equipment –thus making it harder to hit. If the team is a minimum of 50%
covered by the intervening terrain, then they are concealed.
In the OPEN -no modifiers to hit CANNOT BE SEEN -can't be shot at
CONCEALED 50% of vehicle can't be seen NOT concealed -most of the tank is visible
Once a target has been established via line of sight, no intervening etrrain in the way, it’s not
concealed and all modifiers have been accumulated; then it’s time to actually shoot at the
enemy. 1d6 for every point of the weapons Rate of Fire17 is rolled. More than the Oposing
Teams Skill Level is required for you to hit them. Once this has been established your
opponent rolls any saves (if applicable) and then decides who to remove as casualties.
Unless there is a Medic nearby (see medics later). Simple.
In the illustration above the US Infantry team in the building can hit the Soviet Team at the
base of the building AND the Tank (but not together). They cannot hit the Soviet Team behind
17
Rate of Fire –see the Armoury Section at the end of the book; usually a rifle section will be a ROF of
1, whilst a machinegun will have a ROF of 4 and a team armed with automatic rofles a ROF of 2
26

the Tank as they cannot see them. The US Team is in Heavy Cover (being inside a building).
The Tank and Infantry Teams are not in any sort of cover being in the open.
WOODS AND TREES

Infantry and vehicles csn enter woods, wither these woods are classed as open or closed.
Open woods count as difficult going whilst Closed woods count as impassable for vehicles
(but not infantry or horses18).
The US Infantry Team 1 is inside the woods and therefore benefits from medium cover for
Soviet Team 3 firing at them. Soviet Team 4 cannot see them as they are too far into the
woods –neither can they be seen by them. US Team 2 can be seen by both Soviet Teams
and is in light cover. Soviet Team 3 is in the open to both US Teams whilst Soviet Team 4 is
behind the hedgerow benefitting from light cover. In this scenario the woods are closed
therefore armoured and soft skinned vehicles can’t enter.
FIRE ZONE
Artillery may have pre-established FIRE ZONES at the beginning of the game. These are
likely areas of enemy approach that have already been pre-zeroed into their weapons. These
zones (marked on the tabletop or players map) do not require the usual targeting rules to
effectively hit them –once the radio link has been established and the guns can fire; the salvo
lands directly on the pre-established zone with no need to roll for deviation, drift and so forth.
ARTILLERY
Artillery does not fire in the conventional way that troops on the ground fire; artillery is covered
more in depth in the section: ARTILLERY
BUILDINGS, Mechanical and Stand Off Breaches

Buildings can provide light or substantial cover depending on their construction. Concrete and
brick buildings will give medium to heavy cover whilst a wooden or thatched affair will give
light cover. All three types can give concealing cover. Fire teams inside a building cannot fire
out if they are in the middle of the building and count as concealed whilst those on a roof or at
windows/vision slits count as in cover. Teams on the first floor can fire at teams behind an
enemy, whilst teams on the second floor can fire even further away.
Vehicles canot enter a building, however, they may force their way into a building, to do so
the player controlling the vehicle must state their intentions before moving the vehicle. This is
called a Mechanical Breach. The vehicle moves adjacent to the building and a skill test is
rolled; if successful then the vehicle has made a hole, or gap, in the wall big enough for the
vehicle to enter. Consult the buildings chart to see if the building collapses ontop of the
vehicle, or if it stands up to the damage. A vehicle inside a building counts as being in cover;
18
Not as daft as it seems in the 21st Century… Rhodesian Selous Scouts in the 1960’s for instance
27

and may also count as concealed. Any infantry entering the building via the big gaping hole
may do so at no penalties! However, firing out of the gaping hole counts as being in light
cover due to the fact there is nothing substantial to hide behind.
BUILDING TYPE COLLAPSES ON: LIGHT VEH. SAVE: ARMOURED VEH. SAVE
Light (Wood etc) 3+ 3+ 2+
Medium (bricks etc) 4+ 4+ 3+
Hard (concrete) 5+ 6+ 4+
Bunker NOT POSSIBLE NOT POSSIBLE NOT POSSIBLE
A vehicle may perform another sort of breach and that is a Stand Off Breach. Declare that is
your intentions before using your tank or armoured vehicle to fire at anything –in other words
your vehicle must not have fired in this turn that it is attempting the breach. Roll a skill test. If it
is successful then a big gaping hole has been punched into the side of the building; big
enough to get an infantry team in. If unsuccessfull then either the round has punched clear
through or chipped some plaster off and not caused any damage –try again next turn. Please
consult the buildings chart to see if your explosives have done any damage to the structural
intengrity of the building and not brought the whole thing crashing down on you!
Of course, if there are any infantry teams inside the building when it collapses, then they are
removed as destroyed. No chance of a medic fixing them; they are removed from play without
any second chances. If the building was of Light Construction then you may roll 5+ saves for
each infantry team and or piece of equipment in the building; on a 5+ the equipment and/or
infantry managed to brush off the wooden slats and limp out of the wreckage. Place them
outside of the collapsed building.
BUILDINGS AND EXPLOSIVES

Buildings may also be demolished on purpose by satchel charge lobbing fanatics, or
engineers armed with a couple of blocks of C4 (or equivalent). Always tell your opponent that
it is your intention to destroy a building in this manner before trying it! Roll a skill test and if
sucesfull you have managed to place the blocks in the right place and obliterate the building.
If you have failed then something went wrong; the fuse fizzled out, or the explosives didn’t
quite cause enough damage to bring the building down; you may try again next turn. If
however, you where successful replace the building with a pile of rubble or a smoking crater.
Roll 1D6 to see if the building; or the remains are alight, the building is on fire on 6+. Any
infantry teams inside the building when you demolish it are vaporised or buried under chunks
of concrete. If the building was of light construction then each team or piece of equipment
gets a 5+unmodified save. If they save they walk out of the ruble shaking splinters from their
clothing and looking a bit angry (try to vacate the area as quickly as possible!).
Soviet 122mm BM-21 Rocket Battery firing
28

Now that your little soldiers have charged around the battlefield, hidden themselves and
worked out who and what is in cover and who and what can be seen, it is time to raise your
rifle and let the enemy have it –The Shooting Phase!
Before you shoot, make sure you can see

your intended target! Draw a Line-of-sight
from your model to the target, if it crosses any
intervening terrain apply the correct modifiers,
if the target is concealed then it cannot be hit
and neither can it be hit if it cannot be seen!
The best way if in doubt, is to get down and
get a model eye view of the battlefield –or, as I do, use a red-dot pointer –if the dots on the
target, it can be hit, if it’s not, then no way jose!
Each weapon, as discussed previously, has what we call a Rate of Fire (ROF); this is how
many dice it can use to hit. Please bear in mind that the ROF is for one team of infantry firing
all the same weapon or one vehicle mounted weapon, such as the main gun or it’s attendand
machineguns.
Declare your intended target and who is going to fire. Roll 1 six sided dice (1d6) for every
point of the ROF, so an M-16 would have 2 dice (ROF of 2) whilst an M-60 Machinegun would
have 3 dice (ROF of 3). Use the target teams Training Level to hit, roll your dice and allocate
any hits according to numbers rolled. The shooting player allocates then hits on the target
team –the owning player can roll any saving throws if applicable; if not, he (or she) may
remove units as casualties (or leave in situ, face up, if a medic is nearby).
MISTAKEN TARGET
The owning player who has received hit’s upon his team may choose to re-assign any
successful hits to another team nearby (within 6”/15cm) to protect any valuable targets (such
as machinegun or weapons teams) –the owning player rolls 1d6 for each team he
is trying to swap; on a 3+ he is successful and the team is swapped, if unsucessfull
the original target is valid and the original team remains hit!
The targeted player cannot use the Mistaken Target ruleif the shooting
team is 4”/10cm away as the shooting team is deemed too close to
make any targeting errors!
ASSAULT RIFLES
Infantry stands armed with the AK series of Assault Rifles have a Rate
of Fire of 2 dice and have a full ROF when moving! This is due to the
Soviet Doctrine of concentrating their fire on the last stages of an
assault. AK Armed stands of infantry also have their full ROF if pinned
and in defence due to the compact nature of their weapons. The range
of an AK is 8”/20cm.
NATO Infantry stands armed with the M-16 series (or equivalent)
Assault Rifles have a Rate of Fire of 2 dice; but halve their ROF if
moving. However, they do add one dice in defensive fire if assaulted
and are armed with LAW anti-tank rocket launchers. The range of an
American M-16a1 M-16 is 12”/30cm.
Assault Rifle Soviet AKs-47 Assault
SLR Armed Infantry stands (Great Britain, Commonwealth, some Assault Rife
NATO/European countries) have a Rate of Fire of 3 dice! They have a ROF of 2
dice if pinned and may add a further dice in defensive fire (4 dice in defence) if armed with
LAW’s. The range of an SLR is 16”/40cm due to the heavier bullet and longer barrel –giving
the weapon a longer range and better accuracy.
29

G3 Rifles (used by the West German Army, Italy and Spain) have
a Rate of Fire of 2 dice and a range of 12”/30cm. they may add 1
dice in defensive fire if armed with LAW rockets.
CLAYMORE MINES
These small, oblong mines standing on a tripod and aimed
towards the possible avenues of approach of the enemy are
usually emplaced before well dug in infantry and can only be
deployed if the infantry team is dug in and has not moved. These
weapons filled with thousands of steel ball bearings are lethal out
to a range of 25meters and within 60* arc of the mine. They can
shred soft skinned vehicles and infantry and can cause damage to
lightly armoured vehicles. They have a firepower of 5+ and a
penetration of 3. Their range is 2”/5cm. They are fired by the
owning infantry stand and can only be used if that stand has not
fired any other weapons in its turn! You must declare you are
SLR Rifle firing your claymores before doing so. Armoured vehicles may re-
roll the first successful hit against their armour. Soft skinned
vehicles and infantry may re-roll the first failed hit allocated to them.
H&K G-3 Rifle
MACHINEGUNS
The American Army uses the M-60a1/a2 7.62mm squad machinegun (replaced in 1990’s by
the SAW). This weapon can be found in the
Infantry squads, mounted on the back of jeeps,
M-113 Armoured Personnel Carriers and as the
US M-60a1/a2
Machinegun
door gun of helicopters! It can be fitted with a
tripod for the sustained fire and AA role. Infantry
teams armed with the M-60 fire 3 dice in the
attack, and have a Rate of Fire of 2 dice if
pinned. The M-60 has a range of 16”/40cm.
The Soviet Union and it’s Warsaw Pact allies use the RPD machinegun as their squad
weapon until the mid-to-late 1960’s, replacing it with the RPK or PK machinegun’s. They are
all pretty similar with a high rate of fire, therefore they have 5 dice in the attack! And halve
their ROF to 3 if pinned or if they have moved; they have a range of 16”/40cm.
PISTOLS
Command Units, Staff Teams, Vehicle
Crews, Observers, some Medic Teams
(especially Soviet) and weapons crews
may be armed with pistols for self
defence –this will be indicated on the Soviet 9mm Makarov
19
teams Armoury Entry . Pistols are only
good at short ranges, therefore they
have a maximum range of 2”/5cm with
1d6 in attack. They may add one dice in
defence only. All pistols, regardless of
calibre are treated equally!
SUB-MACHINEGUNS
Sub-Machineguns, such as the Soviet Ppsh and the Israeli made Uzi are
compact weapons with a high rate of firepower they are usefull in tight
situations, as personal weapons for guerrilla, counter-insurgency teams,
Israeli 9mm Uzi SMG police units and tank crews. They have a range of 4”/10cm with 3 dice,
full Rate of Fire when moving and pinned as well as one extra dice in defence (total of 4
dice!), making these formidable close quarters’ weapons!
19
See the individual Armoury Entries in Part IV
30

Since the end of World War Two in 1945, modern armour has evolved, so has the methods
with wich to combat it! Better penetrative power to guns and the addition of specially designed
warheads such as the SABBOT round, HESH (High Explosive Squash Head), FSDS (Fin
Stabilised Discarding Sabbot) and tandem warheads designed to blast through spaced
armour and discharge their molten core into the armoured fighting compartment.
Not only has the tank got radical new explosives to fire at other tanks, the Armoured
Personnel Carriers have also had a radical makeover –now called Infantry Fighting Vehicles-
such as the MICV 80 Warrior and the Bradley M1/M2 IFV’s, have got the addition of faster
guns (20 and 30mm cannons) and better penetrative ammunition such as the controversial
20 st
DU ammunition used to great effect during the 1 Gulf War (Desert Storm).
To determine if any of these improved armours have had any effect on the improved
munitions you must roll a saving throw for every hit scored upon your vehicles by your
opponent. Add the vehicles Armour Value (expressed as Front/Side/Top & Rear); adding a
+1 if the range is over 16”/40cm. If the number rolled is more than the Penetration Value of
the weapon then no damage is caused. If the number is equal too the Penetration Value of
the firing weapon then your opponent rolls a Firepower Test to see if your crew Bail Out. If the
number rolled is less than the Penetration Value of the incoming shot; then your opoonent
rolls a Firepower Test to destroy your vehicle. If the roll is equal too or more than the
Firepower of the weapon then you have destroyed the vehicle –replace it with a smouldering
wreck or a crater! If the roll is less than the Firepower of the weapon then the crew of the
vehicle Bail Out. A second succesfull Firepower Test immobilises the vehicle and the crew
automatically Bail Out.
PENETRATING ARMOURED VEHICLES (Normal Armour)

Roll to hit vehicle (using opponent’s skill value to hit) If hit:
If the Saving Throw (Penetration +Armour Value) is LESS THAN the Armour Value
Then the vehicle is UNHARMED
If the Saving Throw (Penetration +Armour Value) is EQUAL TO the Armour Value
Then your opponent rolls a Firepower Test to see if your crew Bail Out
If the Saving Throw (Penetration +Armour Value) is MORE THAN the Armour Value
Then your opponent rolls a Firepower Test to DESTROY your vehicle
If the number rolled is MORE than or EQUAL to the Firepower Test

Then the enemy vehicle is DESTROYED
If the number rolled is LESS than the Firepower Test
Then the enemy crew Bail Out
A SECOND SUCCESSFUL FIREPOWER TEST OF LESS THAN IMMOBILISES THE VEHICLE

THE CREW BAIL OUT AUTOMATICALLY
The crew of a vehicle that has been targeted and hit twice and has “passed” it’s Firepower
Test to be destroyed gain a -1 to any Morale Tests required to re-mount their vehicle –they
have been too badly shaken and will not get back into what is becoming a death trap!!!
Modern fighting vehicles no longer carry just HE (High Explosive) rounds, but mixtures of
HEAT (High Explosive Anti Tank), APFS (Armour Piercing Fin Stabilised) and APFSDS
(Armour Piercing Fin Stabilised Discarding Sabot) rounds to take on and take out enemy
tanks. The Soviets even have wire guided missiles they can fire through the main armament
for taking out tanks and helicopters (SONGSTER and COBRA) rounds…
20
DU = Depleted Uranium
31

HEAT (High Explosive Anti Tank) Target does not gain +1 for ranges over
16”/40cm
HVAP (High Velocity Armour Piercing) +1 to Firepower Test
APDS/APFSDS (Sabbot Rounds) +2 against ALL targets except Infantry

and Guns
HEP/HESH (High Explosive Squash Head) +2 to Firepower against ALL armoured

targets
DEPLETED URANIUM Re-roll failed penetration on soft targets

(targets with 5 or less amrour value)
To combat all of these developments in methods to brew up your precious tank and vehicle
crews alive, those clever scientist boffins have come up with several counter measures to
help keep your precious tanks alive long enough to actually get a shot off!
SIDE SKIRTS
The simplest development in additional armour protection for your vhicles, metal plates
(skirts) added to your vehicles side aspect –including such things as additional armour plates
bolted/welded to the side of the turrets and so forth. Noted in the vehicles characteristics as a
S next to the side armour aspect. Vehicles thus fitted with Skirts get a 5+ unmodifiable save
against any weapon targeting their side aspect of that vehicle. On a successful roll the shot
explodes against the skirt and saves the vehicle from damage; if the roll was unsuccessfull
(you rolled less than 5 on 1d6) then the shot penetrates the side aspect as normal. A skirt
saving throw must be taken before any penetration has been worked out –remember to tell
your opponent you are taking the throw though!
COMPOSITE ARMOUR
The latest armour protection for tanks and other fighting vehicles is clever composites of
21
metals and ceramics and other materials (including some plastics and polymers) in clever
combinatins in an effort to defeat modern anti-armour warheads and projectiles. Composite
armour includes Chobham and the Soviet BDD armours. Vehicles fitted with Composite
armour (ndicated by a C in their characteristics)
subtract 1d3 (1d6/2) from the attacking weapons Vehicles fitted with Composite
penetration. If the number remaining is still Greater armour -1d3 to the Penetration
Than ther armour value then the shot penetrates as Value of the Anti-Tank weapon
normal (take a firepower test to see if you destroy the
vehicle). If the resulting number is Equal To the Side Aspect is 16 versus HEAT
armour value then roll a firepower test to see if the weapons
crew Bail Out. If the resulting number was Less Than
the corresponding armour value then the shot did not
penetrate and no effects were felt. Vehicles fitted with Composite Armour have a side rating
of 16 against HEAT weapons –however, HEAT wepaons do not subtract 1d3 from their
penetration.
REACTIVE ARMOUR
Fitted externally to the tank, Reactive Armour takes the form of smll bricks of plastic explosive
in a box with a heavy ‘lid’. These bricks are insesnsitive to kinetic22 but explode when hit by
the high pressure and high tempersture of a HEAT warhead. The brick explodes, throwing the
heavy ‘lid’ out –the acute counter pressure of the steel plate disrupts the formation of the
liquid tongue of the shaped charge in the HEAT round. These bricks are usually fited to the
hull, turret front and the turret sides.
21
The exact composition of composite amrours remains CLASSIFIED and we can only speculate as to
what the armour is made from! But one would guess alternative layers of materials to disrupt the
shaped charges.
22
Meaning solid shot projectiles, they do not ‘set’ the bricks off –therefore there is no saving throw
against solid state projectiles.
32

Vehicles fitted with reactive armour (shown as an E on their stats) are given an ‘additional’
armour save of 4+ against HEAT rounds. This save must be taken before working out any
potential penetration. If the saving throw failed, then
Vehicles with Explosive penetrate the vehicle as normal (if penetrated go on to
Reactive Armour have a 4+ destroy the vehicle with a firepower test as per normal).
Save against HEAT Rounds Reactive Armour is in addition to any other armour type
the vehicle may have. Reactive Armour may be combined
with any other type of armour, such as Skirts (s) and Composite (c).
You MUST declare you are taking an ERA save before rolling for penetration!
If the ERA save fails, roll as per the normal conventions to destroy the vehicle…
Reactive Armour Saves can only be taken from aspect it is fitted to!!
Reactive Armour may be in conjunction of other armours
URBAN SURVIVAL KITS

Upgraded Arnour/Crew Survival Packages fitted to Armoured Personnel Carriers allow the
owning player to re-roll their first failed saving throw (modified or not). Any subsequent hits
do not qualify for another saving throw (this is a one time deal per vehicle per game!)
BAR ARMOUR
Fitted to the front, sides and rear of armoured vehicles and heir turrets, Bar Armour makes
your billion dollar toy look like a chicken coup! But the stand off armour defeats incoming
shaped warheads and tandem warheads such as those in the Milan ATGW from activating
and destroying your precious vehicle. Indicated on the statistics as a B. Bar Armour works as
an additional saving throw of 4+ (unmodified) against HEAT warheads. Bar Armour can be
combined with Composite armours, side skirts and ERA –however! You can only take one
saving throw if the aspect has both Bar Armour and ERA!
LIGHT ARMOURED VEHICLES Good Luck Chuck saving throw

Lightly Armoured vehicles (those with a Front/Side/Rear armour of 3 or less) have a Good
Luck Chuck saving throw (modifiable 6+ on 1d6). MCV-80 Warrior APC’s have survived
numerous RPG-7 hits in Basra during Operation Tellic/Enduring Freedom due to the nature of
the warheads not encountering anything solid enough to detonate against! The saving throw
must be taken before any penetration is calculated and is 6+ on 1d6. In Basra several
Warrior MCV-80 APC’s where ambushed in tight streets and survived multiple RPG hits due
to the fact the gunners did not allow the weapons eough flight time to arm. If the firing weapon
is less than 2”/5cm from the target vehicle then add +1 to the saving throw (making it 5+ on
1d6). This saving throw MUST be taken before any penetration and Firepower tests are
rolled. If the test is successful then the vehicle escapes unharmed; if you fail the test then roll
for penetration and firepower as usual.
FLAMABILITY OF SOVIET APC’s and TANKS

Due to the internal design and layout of the fuel and ammunition storage solutions for Soviet
MBT’s and APC’s, Soviet vehicles have more of a vulnerability to explode when hit by any
type of explosive round (Brew Up). Unlike contemporary Western armoured vehicles, Soviet
vehicles do not employ blast panels and channels to save the crews from volatile hits. The
Soviets have no such crew protection as spal liners or Kevlar turret liners and therefore Soviet
vehicles gain a +1 to any firepower test being conducted upon them; either to test if the
vehicle is destroyed or if the crew Bail Out!
Due to the volatile nature of Soviet Main Battle Tanks the soviet player has a +1 to the
firepower test when determinig if his crew will bail out or if the tank is destroyed!!
BAILED OUT!
If a vehicle has suffered a near miss; a round has equalled it’s armour value, then the crew
must take a Firepower Test; if this fails then the crew jump out of the vehicle; abandoning it
(temporarily). Place a suitable counter marked BAILED OUT, or puzzled looking tank crew,
alongside the vehicle, but no more than 2”/5cm away. The crew cannot fight, but will defend
themselves if assaulted in close combat and are armed with pistols for self defence only.
33

Tank/Armoured Vehicle crews may move away from their vehicle in the following turn and/or
GO TO GROUND to avoid being targeted.
If they successfully pass their Motivation Test they may re-enter their vehicle and carry on as
if nothing happened. If however their vehicle is destroyed whilst they are BAILED OUT, then
they (obviously) cannot re-enter it; they must take a motivaton test –if they fail it remove the
crew from play (they have scattered to the wind to avoid being killed) if the pass then you may
move them towards another abandoned vehicle.
Due to the nature of Soviet Indoctrination, Soviet Tank Crews have a duty to fefend their
tank at all costs! And therefore can return fire and fight as an independent infantry team if
they have BAILED OUT! –But only for as long as their vehicle remains either immobilised or
abandoned They must remain within 4”/10cm of their tank –if the vehicle is destroyed then
they will either scatter to the wind or join another BAILED OUT crew.. They must pass a
successful motivation test to carry on fighting and join another BAILED OUT crew. Soviet tank
crews are armed with grenades and SMG’s.
Bailed out crew may move away from their vehicle, or GO-to-GROUND to avoid
being targeted. IF they pass their motivation test they can re-enter the vehicle and
move/fight as normal
MODERN ANTI-TANK WEAPONS
In modern times the lethality of infantry borne anti-tank weapons has
increased. Compare the penetrative power of a modern Anti-Tank Missile to
a WW2 bazooka and you can see the noticeable difference! On top of this
there are several lethal man-portable guided anti-tank weapons such as the
venerated TOW ATGW (Tracked Optical Wire Anti Tank Guided Missile),
the Dragon ATGW and in the Soviet arsenal the SNAPPER, SPANDREL
and SPIGGOT missiles. These can be mounted on vehicles (such as the
TOW equipped M-113’s and Bradley MICV (Mechanised Infantry Combat
Vehicle). The Soviets even mount an anti-tank missile over the main gun of
their BMD’s (i.e Sagger ATGM’s).
US squads are armed with the break open, 40mm grenade launcher (the M-
79) until mid 1970’s and from then onwards the under barrel slung M-203
40mm grenade launcher, usually fitted to an M-16 assault rifle. The M-79 is
a point effect weapon and can be used against both infantry, bunkers and
vehicles to great effect and can also lay a smoke screen! The M-203 can
also be used as a rifle (the M-16 to which it is attached) theoretically giving
the US Infantry squad three (3) rifle teams and a Light MG team. OR can be
used as an indirect/direct fire grenade launcher against infantry, vehicles or
buildings (just like the M-79). The Soviet RPG series of weapons are
shoulder fired missiles that are built to take out armoured targets such as
bunkers and tanks. They CANNOT be fired in the indirect mode and must
be able to see their target in order to fire upon it. They can be used to fire
against infantry as clever Soviet gunners have learned to target the ground Soviet RPG-7
in front of the advancing infantry to make the warhead detonate! The
Soviets also have an under rifle grenade launcher the BG-17 and Pallad; these wepaons are
identical in characteristics as the US M-203 but are usually fitted to the AK series of rifles.
RECOILESS RIFLES
Recoiless Rifles such as the Soviet SPG-9 and the Type-65 and the US M-109, have a Horrid
Backblast. No infantry team can be within 2”/5cm of the rear of the weapon (otherwise they
will be incinerated); neither can the weapons fire from inside bunkers! Recoiless Rifles can
never count as Concelead once fired (they can start concealed) –once fired place a ball of
cotton wool behind them to indicate the weapon has fired.
HORRID BACKBLAST
Several anti-tank weapons such as the RPG-7 and the M-47 Dragon suffer from a horrendous
back-blast when they fire. This metre round ball of smoke lingers on the battlefield (and can
34

crisp anyone directly behind the launcher). In our tabletop battlefield you cannot place an
infantry stand directly behind an ATGW launching team; they must be a minimum distance of
2”/5cm away from the firing team. This ball of smoke makes it easier for the enemy tanks and
gunners to spot the firing team and thus gain a +1 to the spotting roll.
NAME RANGE Pen

Fire
Notes
Minimum Maximum Power
Entac 8”/20cm 40”/100cm 12 4+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
Milan 8”/20cm 36”/96cm 21 3+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast

Milan II 6”/15cm 40”/100cm 23 3+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
HOT 8”/20cm 48”/120cm 23 3+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
AT-1
16”/40cm 44”/110cm 11 4+ HEAT
Snapper
AT-2
16”/40cm 40”/100cm 12 5+ HEAT
Swatter
AT-3
16”/40cm 44”/110cm 19 3+ HEAT
Sagger
AT-4
8”/20cm 40”/100cm 19 3+ HEAT
Spigot
AT-5
8”/20cm 48”/120cm 21 3+ HEAT
Spandrel
AT-6
8”/20cm 20”/50cm 23 3+ HEAT
Spiral
TOW
8”/20cm 48”/120cm 16 3+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
BGM716
TOW II
Inproved
M-47
Dragon
Blindicide n/a 8”/20cm 11 5+ Horrid Backblast
Super
n/a 8”/20cm 11 5+ Horrid Backblast
Bazooka
M-203 – M79 n/a 12”/30cm 6 5+ AT Grenades
Law-66
n/a 12”/30cm 11 5+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
AT-4
Pzf.44 n/a 12”/30cm 15 5+ HEAT,
RPG n/a 12”/30cm 17 5+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
Mk.19 G/L n/a 24”/60cm 7 5+ AT Grenades
Javellin 8”/20cm 24”/60cm 12 5+ HEAT, Horrid Backblast
Hellfire
8”/20cm 48”/120cm 26 4+ HEAT, Guided Missile
ATGM
ARTILLERY
Allthough not strictly anti-tank weapons, any artillery or self propelled gun can also fire at a
tank or armoured vehicle directly. Their projectiles are mainly designed for high exploisves
and nt armour penetration so any piece of towed artillery or self propelled artillery halves it’s
penetration if firing at an armoured vehicle. Artillery may never indirect fire at single
armoured vehicles, and can only target armoured vehicles if firing over open sights and on
table to see the target!
ANTI-TANK WEAPONS that are not fitted to a vehicle cannot move and fire! To
successfully target, track and then fire on a moving enemy armoured vehicle the ATGW must
remain stationary; otherwise the shot is a complete failiure! ATGW’s also emit a lot of
35

backblast (for instance the M-47 Dragon) place a cotton ball behind the firing ATGW; this is
now at a +1 to be spotted by the enemy.
Second Generation Anti-Tank Weapons, (marked with 2nd on the table above) are a tandem
2nd
warhead construction therefore they defeat Explosive Reactive Armours –if you are firing a
generation ATGW at any vehicle fitted with Active Armour then that vehicle does not get it’s
Active Armour save. Roll to penetrate as per normal and firepower test to see if
destroyed/bailed out.
Chemical, Nuclear and Biological Rounds

The Soviets and US have a vast stock of Chemical/Biological nastiness that they can fling
around the battlefield, these can be delivered by ARTILLERY pieces only and cannot be fired
from tanks! Tanks cannot deliver any type of Nuclear payload whatsoever! See the following
section’s on Chemical, Biological and Nuclear battlefields for details.
DISPOSABLE ANTI-TANK WEAPONS, the LAW-66mm/AT-4

The US Army has developed and exported, vast quantities of a disposable anti-tank weapon.
This tube packed rocket launcher can be given to individual soldiers in a squad to increase
the squads anti-tank firepower considerably. Simple to operate and disposable once fired,
these rounds increase the squads Anti-Tank capabilities no end. To represent this in Cold
War the option to arm your NATO and US squads is available (see the relevant Order of
Battle as to who can be authorised this option). It is assumed that enough rocket launchers
are available to last the entire battle for the additional points cost spent. A Team armed with
LAW’s or the newer AT-4 (M136) may fire them instead of their rifles in the shooting phase
and gain an extra dice in close combat.
GRENADE LAUNCHERS
Soldiers armed with an M-203 or the Soviet BG-15 may elect to fire the rifle instead of the
grenade launcher, or the grenade launcher instead of the rifle –you CANNOT fire both, unless
you are defending in an assault (effectively gaining +1 RoF).
BEEHIVE AMMO
A modern take on the old canistre shots of the Napoleonic and American Civil War periods,
Beehive ammo is basically a giant canistre round maximised to do as much damage to the
enemy as possible. Any NATO tank equipped with Beehive rounds may fire these instead of
their ususal ammunition. A NATO tank firing a Beehive round can still fire it’s machineguns
(cupola, hull, AA MG etc.). The Rate of Fire of a Beehive round is not reduced when the firing
team has moved or is pinned (due to the fact it is hundreds of shots like a giant shotgun and
not a single aimed slug). Beehive ammo has the following profile:
Range ROF Anti-Tank Firepower Penetration

8”/20cm 5 1 6 3
SOVIET FLAME THROWING TANKS

Soviet tanks that are also Flame Throwers can be used as vehicle mounted flame throwers in
the same manner as an American M-113 Zippo Flame Thrower. However, a Soviet Flame
Throwing Tank can also engage enemy armour with limited ammunition stored in it’s turret for
such an eventuality –therefore a Soviet Flame Throwing Tank can also be used as a tank –
however such tanks have limited ammunition. You must make a skill test every time you wish
to engage enemy armour –even before rolling the dice to hit! If you pass the test (with a -1 to
the dice roll) then you may engage the enemy vehicle. If you fail the test then you are out of
ammunition and cannot, for the remainder of the game, engage any enemy vehicles with the
main armament.
A Soviet Tactic for a flame throwing tank was to drive into the enemy position and then rotate
the turret 360* spewing fire and machinegun bullets as it rotated. This would, in effect, clear a
path all the way around the tank and was useful if being attacked/surrounded. Soviet
engineering tanks equipped with the flame throwing option used to use the same tactic when
assaulting enemy dug in positions –clearing the way for the attached assault engineers to
blast the survivors. If utilising this tactic be warned it uses a lot of fuel! The vehicle may not
36

have moved in its movement step –or if having moved then this tactic has been declared
previously; neither must the main weapon and its machineguns (co-axial and turret
machineguns) have been fired. Once initiated, move the vehicle forward to its intended
destination (bearing in mind rules for terrain and movement penalties); if the vehicle falls short
of its target then it may not engage. If the vehicle is on target then you may immediately
attack every stand of infantry and vehicle within 6”/15cm of the vehicle with machinegun and
flame thrower, inside a 360* circle. Once finished firing the vehicle is then out of fuel and
cannot then fire its flame thrower for the remainder of the game; it my still fire it’s main
weapon at enemy vehicles and/or bunkers if that has not also gone out of ammo. Due to the
limited number of HE and AT shells carried Soviet Flame Throwing Tanks cannot lend their
tubes to any artillery barrages –irrespective of if they have not yet gone out of ammo.
SOVIET SMOKE SCREENS

Soviet Tanks have a built in method of creating their own smoke screen via the engine.
Declare that you are going to ‘Lay Smoke’, before the vehicle moves. As it moves place out a
cotton wool ball (or other suitable marker) no less than 1 ½ “/4 cm, along the path the vehicle
has moved. Soviet smoke screens are generated from the vehicles engine and are deployed
behind the vehicle generating the screen. Soviet tank and armoured vehicles are the only
ones capable of laying their own smoke screen in this manner. The smoke screen lasts 1d6
turns from the moment it was laid –unless there is a strong wind then the screen dissipiates
after 1 turn.
A Soviet tactic is to drive forwards injecting fuel into the engine and then execute a fast ‘U’
Turn, and then disabling the smoke laying. To initiate this tactic the vehicle must not have
moved in its movement phase. Instead if placing the smoke screen anywhere behind the
vehicle as single puffs (adjoining), place the smoke screen as double width, with the laying
vehicle then being 180* from it. The screen thus generated abides by all rules for smoke
screens including drift and wind.
NATO SMOKE DISPENSERS

US and NATO vehicles, especially tanks, have smoke grenade dispensers on their vehicles. If
a NATO player wishes to ‘Lay Smoke’ then declare your intent before moving your vehicle.
Smoke can only be laid once the vehicle is stationary –once it has finished moving place
cotton wool balls to the front of the vehicle –this is it’s self-generated smoke screen. The
smoke screen suffers from the effects of wind and drifts as per normal and has all of the
characteristics of a normally generated smoke screen. The vehicle may move out of the
smoke screen on subsequent turns. NATO smoke screens are deployed around the vehicle
from smoke dispensers mouted on the vehicle. If the vehicle has not moved then you may
generate the smoke screen during your firing phase –you may then remove the vehicle’s from
the smoke screen, placing them outside the screen (but touching) mindful of terrain
restrictions.
ARTILLERY SMOKE SCREENS

Artillery can fire smoke instead of conventional rounds such as HE in their firing phase.
Declare your intention to lay smoke (or call for smoke). Range in as normal, however, place
4”/10cm of smoke screen (adjacently touching puffs of coton wool or similar) for every
artillery/mortar tube firing. If half the battery fires, the other half of the battery cannot then
engage another target unless the battery is 12 guns or more. A standard battery will produce
a 12”/30cm smoke screen. The screen starts at the aiming point and can be at any angle the
player wishes. NATO artillery has the ability to fire improved smoke screens that mask the IR
signature of vehicles therefore effectively blocking them from IR sights. These screens are not
standard issue rounds and must be paid for –see the TO&E section (IR Smoke).
INFRA-RED and THERMAL IMMAGING

Thermal Immaging sights and Infra-Red (IR) are mounted on most modern battle tanks and
APC’s (dependng on role). These sights can see straigh thrugh a smoke screen –negating
any enalties the screen offered. However! If the target vehicle did not move in the previous
turn then you can assume that it has switched it’s engine off and therefore any bonuses for
usin the IR sight are lost –the target remains concealed by the smoke.
37

WARSAW PACT IR SIGHTING SYSTEMS

Warsaw Pact IR sights are not as sophisticated as the western counterparts –therefore a
Soviet/WARPACT player has to roll a 5+ on 1d6 for each vehicle attempting to use their IR
sight through the smoke screen. If the roll fails then the target vehicle remains hidden –if the
roll is passed then the smoke screen has no affect.
SHOOTING/SEEING THROUGH SMOKE SCREENS

If the team is within 6”/15cm then they can see through the smoke with no penalties. If they
are further away than 6”/15cm then the screen is effective unless the team has IR sighting
systems –see above.
Fuldafurt, West Germany –US Forces
from the 11th Armoured Cavalry
occupies the town and prepares to meet
the oncoming Soviet Army.
The Anti-Tank Company with their Jeeps

mounting 106mm Recoiless Rifles prepare to
engage the Russians from ambush; they
engage the oncomming T-62’s
Whilst the other side of Fuldafurt a battery of M-109’s is

receiving the fire mission called in by the Forward
Observer in the town
DPCIM rounds fall

onto the advancing
Soviet tanks
The Cavalry surge

forward behind their M-
60a3 tanks; springing
the ambush –but will
this be enough to delay
the Soviets whilst the
3rd Armoured Division
deploys?
38

From the basic slit trench to the more complicated trenchlines with interlocking fields of fire
with belts of barbed wire and minefields to channel your enemies, field fortifications take on
many shapes and sizes. From huge networks of interlocking trenches to simple strands of
wire strung to harass and annoy the enemy, field fortifications can ruin the enemies day!
TRENCHES
Trenches can be a simple two man widened shell hole to a more in depth affair hiding a whole
section with overhead cover and emplaced heavy weapons pits –all depending on how long
the team expects to remain in that position and how much time they have had to prepare.
Troops and vehicles in trenches benefit from being in Bulletproof Cover as well being
Concealed. Troops spending an entire turn in the trench and have not fired are considered to
be concealed as well as gone-to-ground –of course they loose this once they have fired a
weapon! 23 Teams inside the trench can count as gone-to-ground even when they move along
the tench –only loosing this when they have to exit the trench.
Vehicles and troops wishing to cross over a trench count it as a Ditch and halve their
movement rate to cross it –fully tracked vehicles count the trench as Rough Ground. Wheeled
vehicles and man-packed heavy wepaons and artillery pieces treat the trench as Difficult
Going.
TANK and GUN PITS

Tanks may be emplaced in a trench –usually covering three sides of the vehicle with the rear
open so they can back back out. The Tank Pit usually allows just the turret to be seen, in a
hull-down position. Tanks in such pits count as being Concealed (unless they fire!)
Tank pits and gun pits confer a 4+ save on any vehicle or weapon inside! This save must be
made before any firepower tests to destroy it and after a successful penetration test.
BARBED WIRE
Usually defeding a line of trenches or used to channel approaching infantry, barbed wire
consists of eiter single strands, coils or multiple starnads or elaborate paterns depending on
the time and density of the wire. Barbed wire is an obstacle to infantry, weapins teams and
vehicles and horses. It counts as Rough Ground for armoured and half tracked vehicles.
Troops wishing to cross barbed wire may do so at half their movement rate. They must finish
their move adjacent to the wire if less than half of their movement is remaining when they
moved –even if there is more movement to take. In the next turn they can cross the barbed
wire (or make holes in it so that they can cross) to cross (or breach the wire) they must make
a successful Skill Test if the test is unsuccessfull they remain were they are 24 -they may try
again next turn. If successful lthen they can move through the wire (at half their movement
rate)
Armoured vehicles just roll straight over it, crushing the wire and pegs under their weight.
Armoured vehicles treat barbed wire entanglements as Rough Ground and therefore halve
their movement rate to cross it. Once crossed they have Breached the Wire leaving a gap the
size of their vehicle through wich other teams can cross at no penalties.
Barbed wire is not bulletproof cover, neither does it provide concealement.
Infantry who happen to be adjacent to some wire may try and remove it as long as they have
not fired this turn –or are Pinned Down. Roll a Skill Test as above.
23
Or throw a grenade!
24
No doubt scratching their heads and trying to figure a way through the maze of metal thorns
39

MINEFIELDS
Minefields can be either AP (Anti-Personnel) or AT (Anti-Tank) and are usually a mix of both
(if unspecified). Minefields can be hastilly emplaced or pre-planned. Either variety is a
dangerous place to be and there is nothing more terrifying than finding yourself in the middle
of a minefield!25
Minefields usually occupy a space 2”/5cm x 8”/20cm; however there are special cases when
they can be smaller than this (such as Clayomores, see below)
26
Teams wishing to cross a minefield needs a successful Motivation Test, wich, if they pass it ,
can move across it as normal. Any teams crossing a minefield must then make a Skill Test to
avoid setting off any nasty explosives and performing the minefield drill27. Once passed the
test hey have crossed the field successfully (and unharmed).
Any team that fails it’s Skill Test is removed from play as they performed the minefield drill. If
a team sets off a mine, the remainder of the Platoon is Pinned. Any unarmoured (soft
28
skinned ) vehicles are automatically destroyed, as not only does the mine rip of wheels it
also causes considerable damage to the bodywork and occupants! Passengers in any soft
skinned vehicles destroyed by mines have a 5+ save, if they roll more or equal to 5 on 1d6
they escape the blast unharmed (place them at the edge of the minefield); if they fail the roll
remove them as casualties.
Any armoured vehicles that set off mines use their Top/Rear armour aspect:
Penetration Firepower
5 1+
If a minefield is specified as being solely AT then infantry teams only get destroyed if they roll
less than 2+ on 1d6. If they fail the dice roll they are removed as casualties (perhaps there
were tamper devices fitted to the mines) if they pass they cross without penalties (treating the
ground as Difficult Going)
If the minefield is specified as being purely AP then armoured vehicles cannot be harmed by
the mines and have a 2+ save (just like the infantry against AT mines). If the vehicle passes
the test it can cross the minefield without penalties –if the vehicle fails then treat it as Bogged
Down.
NUCLEAR MINES
As crazy as the idea seems, they were developped during the Cold War to put a dent in the
massed formations of Soviet armour rolling across the German Plains (or to defend the Fulda
Gap29. These huge truck mounted mines would have been emplaced at the likely avenues of
Soviet advance and then detonated by some hapless armoured vehicle passing over it. Use
the section on Nuclear Weapons to determine casualties and effects of the detonation –
needless to say the hapless vehicle(s) detonating it will be vaporised. Treat as a ground burst
of .5 kt. In working out blast radius, casualties and fallout rates. Only one mine may be
emplaced at a cost of 1,000 points.30
CLAYMORE MINES
These small, oblong mines standing on a tripod and aimed towards the possible avenues of
approach of the enemy are usually emplaced before well dug in infantry and can only be
deployed if the infantry team is dug in and has not moved. These weapons filled with
thousands of steel ball bearings are lethal out to a range of 25 meters and within 60* arc of
25
Apart from the wrath of an annoyed wife suffering PMT?
26
Are certified as insane…
27
Jumping as high as you can into the air and scattering yourself over a vast area
28
Front Armour Value of 2 or less is considered a Soft Skinned Vehicle
29
See FULDA GAP! The Soviet Invasion of West Germany formore information
30
The exact nuber of actual working mines is still considered SECRET despite them being de-
commissioned; it is believed that there were 4 actual working examples deployed to Germany.
40

the mine. They can shred soft skinned vehicles and infantry and can cause damage to lightly
armoured vehicles. They have a firepower of 5+ and a penetration of 3. Their range is 2”/5cm.
They are fired by the owning infantry stand and can only be used if that stand has not fired
any other weapons in its turn! You must declare you are firing your claymores before doing
so. Armoured vehicles may re-roll the first successful hit against their armour. Soft skinned
vehicles and infantry may re-roll the first failed hit allocated to them.
ANTI-TANK OBSTACLES and DITCHES

The easiest anti-tank obstacle to construct is a ditch, usually with steep sides and the front at
a 45* angle. Sometimes the bottom is filled with water due to rainfall and ground seepage.
Anti-Tank ditches can be constructed in combination with barbed wire obstacles and
minefields or other types of defences such as Dragons Teeth.
Infantry on foot can avid an AT Ditch, however, vehicles tend to find them trickier to avoid!
Infantry treat them as Difficult Going whilst all vehicles find them Impassable. Infantry and gun
teams inside an AT ditch are both Concealed and in Bulletproof Cover.
DRAGONS TEETH and CZECH HEDGEHOG’S

Dragons teeth are tetrahedrons or square blocks of concrete, usually reinforced with steel
rods to form an impassable barrier. They are laid in thick belts sometimes with a gap to allow
vehicles to pass (usually controlled by Czech hedgehogs or steel I beams). Dragons teeth
and other concrete barriers are impassable to all vehicles and Difficult going for gun teams
and infantry, as they have to weave around and through them.
Model your Dragons teeth on bases measuring 2”/5cm wide by 8”/20cm long. Either in
interlocking rows or spaced out evenly in a line.
Czech hedgehogs are constructed from steel I beams or railway tracks welded into a pronged
shape. They are placed in belts, usually interlaced with barbed wire to keep the infantry
slowed down. Czech hedgehogs are impassable to all vehicles. They are counted as Difficult
Going for gun teams and infantry –if there is no interlocking barbed wire! Othersie treat them
as barbed wire obstacles that are impassable to vehicles.
Model your Czech hedgehogs either singularly on small round bases, or in alternating strips
with interlacing barbed wire measuring 2”/5cm wide by 8”/20cm long making an effective
barricade!
ENGINEERS and MINEFIELDS

Believe it or not there are some infantry who actually get a kick out of crossing minefields and
disarming them with nothing but some marker flags and a bayonette31. Engineers do not need
to make a motivation test to atempt to breach aminefield, they just roll their sleeves up, pul
ltheir bayonette and get stuck in prodding and poking the ground before them. Engineers
tasked with clearing a minefield must start the turn adjacent to the minefield. Each team must
make a successful Skill Test to lift, prod and poke the ground for dangerous exlosives. If they
pass the skill test a corridor is cleared through the mines the width of a medium infantry base
(2”/5cm). two teams side by-side will of course clear double that width (4”/10cm) and three
teamsworking alogside each other will clear a pathway 6”/15cm wide. However! If the team
fails any of it’s Skill Tests it must make a successful 3+ save or be removed as a casualty –all
remaining teams are Pinned Down. Engineers may re-roll their first failed Skill Test. Infantry
teams press-ganged into clearing a minefield re-roll any successful Skill Tests32. All teams
attempting to clear a minefield must make their Skill Tests even if one tea, has allready
passed. Any teams failing a Skill Test are automatically Pinned Down.
Engineering Vehicle Created Minefields (Minelaying Vehicles)

Engineering vehicle created Minefields are considered to be at 50% strength and are twice as
wide as the vehicle creating it and as long as it’s movement. Of course, if two vehicles
combine (side by side) to create a minefield, then it will be four times the vehicles width and
31
Usually called ENGINEERS, but can also be refered to as nut jobs!
32
As they do not posess the right type of bayonetted for the job?
41

as long as it’s movement. The density of the minefield remains at 50% regardless of vehicles
combining to make the size of the field. If however a second vehicle is following the original
vehicle creating the minefield (or a
truck is added to the unit) then the
minefield will be considered to be at
100% density.
In the second movement phase, if the

engineering unit is creating a
minefield, then it will create a second
minefield –not a continuation of the
first! Therefore an engineering unit of
two vehicles side-by-side making
minefields for two turns will have
created two separate minefields, four
vehicle widths and as long as their
movement and of 50% density (unless
trucks have been added to the unit).
Units crossing a minefield that is at

50% density will have a 3+ save
ENGINEERS and ANTI-TANK

DITCHES
Engineers can fill in anti-tank ditches
with their handy shovels, or bundles of
logs tied together (faschines)and
usually carried in their trucks or on the
back of specialist engineering
vehicles. Engineers attepting to clear
(fill in) an anti-tank ditch must be
East German Ural truck & Mine-Laying plough adjacent to it and have not moved or
fired (or be Pinned Down). Any team attempting to remove an anti-tank ditch must pass a
successful Skill Test –if they fail the test they can repeat it next turn. If they are successful
then remove the ditch from play –the ground remaining is now considered Difficult Going to all
vehicles and infantry teams. Engineers may re-roll their first failed Skill Test.
ENGINEERS and DRAGONS TEETH/HEDGEHOGS

Engineers with their sharpened shovels and packs full ofexplosives make short work of the
impassable barriers thrown up by the enemy. Likewhen trying to breach aminefield or fill in
an AT ditch, the engineering team must be adjacent to the barrier before rolling a Skill Test to
successfully remove it. If the test is passed then you can clear the obstacle away, orin the
case of dragons teeth clear a pathway that is as wide as a medium infantry base (2”/5cm).
again, of two teams are working side by side the patheay is twice the width -4”/10cm. if they
fail their test the explosives were notpowerful enough –they can try again next turn. As before,
all ngineers can re-roll their first failed Skill Test.
BULDOZERS
Engineers are equipped with all manner o heavy equipment designed to either make, or
break, obstacles. Bulldozers are a great piece of kit, for not only creting anti-tank ditches,
trenches or hull down positions for yur armoured forces, but they can also be used to clear
huge gaps in minefields, barbed wire obstacles and demolish your nice dragns teeth.
Bulldozers may attenot to clear minefields on a successful Skill Test. They must start their
turn adjacent to the minefield and not have moved this turn (or be pinned down!). On
successfully passing a Skill Test a path the width of the dozer is cleared through the
minefield. Of course, the dozer can turn around and clear a pathway adjacent to the dozer
next turn. If the dozer fails it’s skill test (and it’s re-roll for being an engineer), then roll 1d6, on
a 3+ the vehicle isBogged Down, on 2 or less it is destroyed by the mines!
42

Bulldozers may be used to clear away barbed wire and dragons teeth. If the dozer starts the
game alongside the obstacle and has not mived this turn it may attempt, on passing a
successful Skill Test to clear the obstacles. If successful then a pathway the width of the
bulldozer is created, if the test is failed (and the re-roll for being cool engineers) then the
dozer is halted –it may attempt to try again next turn.
Bulldozer blades fitted to tanks work in the same way as a dedicated bulldozer.
Bulldozers can also fill in shell scapes and level rubble and other battlefielddetrius –changing
Difficult Going into Rough Ground. Unfortunately impassable terrain remain that, impassable!
MINE FLAILS and ROLLERS

Some taks or engineering vehicles are
fitted with mine flails or rollers –these work
in the same way as a bulldozer blade in
clearing minefields; however, a flail or
roller is useless against impassable
terrain such as dragonsteeth and Czech
hedgehogs.
To clear a minefield the vehicle must first
not have moved this turn, or be pinned
down. A Skill Test is not needed as the
flail or roller successfully beas the ground
detonating the mines. Once the vehicle
has passed through a gap the width of the T-55 Main Battle Tank fitted with Mine-Rollers
vehicle has been created. The ground is
not converted to Difficult Going but instead is Rough Ground. Another pass will flatten the
rough ground into normal terrain.
ASSAULT BRIDGES and SCISSOR BRIDGE VEHICLES

Enineers not only cary shovels and faschines to fill in anti-tank ditches or streams but also
have access to brdiges on the backs of specially converted wheeled or tracked vehicles.
These bridges can span any terrain that is the length of the bridge (not minefields though!)
and count as Difficult Going for all vehicles and infantry crossing the bridge (as they could fall
off the sides). A Skill Test is needed by the launching team and the vehicle must be adjacent
to the obstacle it is trying to breach. The team launching the bridge cannot be pinned down or
have moved this turn; once the Skill Test is passed place the model bridge out over the
obstacle. Only one bridge per launching vehicle can be deployed –unless the vehicle picks
the bridge back up (repeating the skill test to do so).
ENGINEER RE-SUPPPLY VEHICLES

Keeping engineers knee deep in bayonettes, faschines and sandbags takes a lot of
equipment! All of this extra kit is, usually, carried in the engineers trucks. For every truck in
your engineer force you may do one of several actions, such as construct various baricades,
or reply fortifications.
For every truck not having moved, is not pinned down or otherwise incapacitated, you may
field one minefield or three barbed wire emplacements.
For every truck that is not occupied laying mines or stringing barbed wire obstacles, is not
pinned down or otherwise occupied, you can place up to four dragons teeth or Czech
hedgehogs.
Minefields thus constructed are Hasty Minefields and are at 50% stregth.
Engineering vehicle may also attempt, on a successful Skill Test and not being pinned down
or otherwise occupied (or having moved this turn) can try and repair an obstacle –such as un-
fill an AT-ditch, or re-string the wire in abreached barbed wire emplacement or fill in the gaps
in your nice minefield. Of course, the vehice does get to re-roll the first failed Skill Test for
being engineers.
43

ARTILLERY and ROCKET BATTERIES

As it may be assumed, artillery (wither this is your 81mm mortars or bigger tubes such as
your Battalion support 105’s) does not fire in the conventional way that your ground troops do!
That is, you don’t aim and fire! Interveening scenery and obstacles are of no consequence to
artillery that can drop shells from over 15km away in a high trajectory arc. However, it’s the
troops on the ground that provide the information for the gunners to act upon –therefore if
your spotting team cannot see the target then the target cannot be shot at! Each battery may
only engage ONE TARGET per turn!
SPOTTING: Ranging in an Artillery Barrage

Any Artillery Observer Team, Staff Team and or Forward Observing team that did not move
may spot for artillery. Any HQ Team (Squad, Platoon or higher) that did not move during their
movement phase may also spot. Any infantry team that otherwise did not move, shoot or
engage in Close Combat may also spot –however there are attached penalties for this!
Place out a counter to indicate your point of aim (this will move with deviation and so forth) –
this may be a dice, or a suitable card counter or washer or whatever! –The Point of Aim may
be any terrain feature, building, vehicle or infantry team that is within the unobstructed line of
sight of the spotting team. Once this is done you roll to Range In. Consult the Target Teams
Skill level to determine the dice roll required to sucesfully Range In.
UNTRAINED: 3+ CONSCRIPT 4+ TRAINED 5+ ELITE/VETERAN 6+
You gain the following modifiers to the Ranging In roll:
+1 if the target is CONCEALED or GONE TO GROUND

-1 if the spotting team is a Platoon or Squad HQ
-2 if the spotting team is an infantry team (they’re just not trained to do this sort of thing)
You get three attempts to Range In; –if all three dice attempts fail, then you have completely
failed and the Point of Aim marker is removed from the tabletop. –You may tatenpt again next
turn.
If you are sucesfull then you place out your artillery barrage template and blast the enemy to
bits! You may use other observer teams to also Range In on your target (particulalrly usefull if
the target is hard to hit!) however, if you are combining spotters and you don’t then need them
you cannot utilise them to spot for other targets!
Artillery Observers may be mounted in helicopters and slow moving aircraft to allow
them an unparalleled view of the battlefield without obstructions!
STAFF TEAMS
Attached Staff teams to a Battery allow you to plot the fall of shots and ‘record’ the target co-
ordinates allowing you on subsequent turns to repeat the fire order (All Guns Repeat) –
therefore the previous target co-ordinates, team, vegicle or weapon become in effect pre-
designated Fire Zones.
OFF TABLE ARTILLERY

Due to the increased ranges of modern artillery it is possible to field your artillery detachments
off table. The artillery battery will be purchased, just as per normal, but deployed with it’s staff
team and HQ’s off table. Any Forward Observers will be deployed on table and can
spot/liaise just as per normal.
Notionally the battery will be deployed to the nearest friendly table edge for the purpose of
measuring for ranges/etcetera and can hit any target on the tabletop (regardless of calibre of
firing unit).
44

BATTALION FIRE CONTROL CENTRE

The NATO Infantry Battalion will have a dedicated Fire Control Centre staffed with radio
operators and artillery plotters who are networked into the entire Battalions assigned fire
support artillery assets. This enables the FCC to assign the Battalions artillery resources
effectively. Any NATO observer calls in an artillery request and the battery has an attached
staff team and the firing battery has ranged in and the ‘All Guns Repeat’ order relayed; the
observer may call for an additional battery to range in on the original aiming point; once that
has ranged in (whilst controlling the original battery) he may request that both batteries ‘All
Guns: REPEAT!’.
All NATO fire support assets that are assigned at Company Level are under the direct control
of the Platoon and Company Commanders. All Weapons Platoons, Mortar Platoons and even
Artillery Platoons taken as a Company Support Option do not suffer the +1 penalty to the
ranging in roll when called for by their attached Platoon or Company commanders.
TIME ON TARGET (TOT) BOMBARDMENT

Due to the fact that modern artillery has sophisticated back up equipment such as ranging
computers and sophisticated fire direction US (and NATO) artillery staff may time the
batteries fire mission so that all shells from all the guns in the firing unit land on the target at
the same time; this is called a Time on Target bombardment. Any NATO artillery platoon with
attached staff team may request a TOT bombardment.
Any enemy team hit by a TOT bombardment that has been ranged in on the first attempt, re-
roll successful saves in the first turn only. The TOT bombardment cannot utilise the All
Guns Repeat and can only be used if it’s been successfully ranged in on the first attempt.
COUNTER BATTERY FIRE

Due to the increased sophistication of mortar locating radars, ground surveillance sets and
reconnaissance craft, it is possible to be able to pinpoint a firing units battery with unnerving
accuracy on the modern battlefield. If your side is equipped with a Ground Surveillance Radar
truck, towed array or other sensor display, it can be utilised to spot the incoming (enemy)
artilleries fall of shots and work out from the trajectory and angles where the firing battery fired
from (either on table or off). If the GSR is being used to counter-battery then it cannot be
used to gain the +1 for target acquisition –as the radar operators are busy working out new
trajectories and relaying these to the firing guns. Of course, if you have two GSR’s then the
spare can be utilised for target acquisition as per normal!
Roll a skill test for the operators of the GSR and apply the following modifiers:
GROUND SURVEILANCE RADAR MODIFIERS TABLE

GSR Moved this turn -2 GSR Used for Target Acquisition -1
GSR Pinned -2 GSR Came under fire this turn -2
Second attempt to C/Battery -1 First attempt to Counter-Battery -0
Attached Battery under 105mm -1 Attached Battery Rockets -1
GSR operated by NATO +1 GSR Operated by WARSAWPACT -0
Battery off table -0 Battery on table +1
All above are cumulative
ROCKET BATTERIES
Rocket Batteries are just like artillery batteries (but fire rockets as opposed to shells.
However, rocket batteries are quite easy to spot when firing as they have a huge backblast!
Place out a cotton wool ball whenever your rocket batteries fire –this last for one turn.
Rocket Batteries are at +1 to Spot by enemy observer teams!
Any vehicles, tanks and such like hit by an artillery/rocket salvo use their TOP armour aspect
to save.
UNARMOURED VEHILES get a 5+ save versus Artillery/Rocket batteries

INFANTRY and GUN TEAMS gain a 4+ save versus Artillery/Rocket batteries
45

FIRECRACKER ROUNDS
The US Army in the 1960’s was experimenting with fragmentation rounds for artillery, a round
that would explode like a cluster bomb and disperse bomblets over a vast area. Termed
Firecracker these rounds dispersed, hit the gorund and then bounced up into the air exploding
showering the surrounding area with deadly shrapnel.
A US artillery unit armed with Firecracker rounds may fire these instead of their ususal
bombardment. Each towed M-101a1 (105mm) and self propelled M-108 (105mm) counts as
two weapons and each towed M-114a1 (155mm) and self propelled M-109 (155mm) counts
as four weapons firing!
Artillery bombardments using Firecracker ammunition always use a double artillery template
(due to the vast area each round covers) and rather than re-rolling for misses for 6 to 8+
weapons firing. Firecracker ammunition has an Anti-Tank of 1 and a Firepower of 6
CLGP (Cannol-Launched Guided Projectile) “COPPERHEAD” ROUNDS

Copperhead is a US Army artillery round that is designed to hit the top aspect of the turret or
engine deck of the Soviet Tanks (or other enemy tanks). The round has onboard gyroscopic
processors and other intricate micro circuitry to allow it to come straight down ontop of the
target. Unfortunately Copperhead rounds are prone to electronic failiure. Copperhead rounds
are laser-beam riding, so any Laser-Equipped Observer Unit can spot for the firing artillery
unit. The unit does not firebombardments but a single round per weapon firing. The Observer
33
Team is the Line-of-Sight rather than the artillery firing unit
To represent the instability of the onboard electronics of the M712 Copperhead the US player
has to consult the Unstable Electronics chart, before any other dice are rolled, roll 1d6:
Unstable Electronics:
1–3 FUBAR! The electronics fail inflight, use the
Targets Front Armour aspect
4–6 The electronics work as planned, use the
Targets Top/Rear Armour aspect!
If you are firing DPICM then you do not need to roll on the above table
FASCAM Family of Scatterable Minelets

These rounds are designed to explode over the target area, scattering tennis ball sized sub-
munitions that are designed to bury themselves in the dirt and explode when trod or riden
over –basically creating a small minefield! Once Ranged In like any normal bombardment,
place out a minefieldequal in dimension to the standard artillery template, any vehicles under
the template are instantly hit by the mines:
5 2+
DPICM DUAL-PURPOSE IMPROVED CONVENTIONAL MUNITIONS

These rounds explode above the target, showering it in explosives tht are designed to
explode as soon as they strike a solid object. Designed to penetrate the roof and rear decks
of tanks and vehicles, they are particularly deadly to soft skinned vehicles!
Light Armoured vehicles are destroyed if they fail their 5+ vehicle Good Luck Chuck saving
throw!
Armoured vehicles are hit on the Top/Rear aspect of their amrour with the following:
4 5+
33
Or the nearest Table Edge if deployed “Off Table”
46

ROCKET ASSISTED PROJECTILES

These artillery shells have a rocket motor that engages once the projectile has left the tube;
they improve the range of the artillery greatly and are available for 105mm and 155mm tubes.
Artilelry firing RAP’s extend their range by half their maximum range again.
Hit ‘em With Everything!

When a US or Soviet observer team with a Staff Team requests a Fire Mission the US
Artillery Battery TOC or the Soviet Front Artillery TOC will assign and prioritise every available
atillery tube to that fire mission. Any artillery platoon that does not have a staff team (or even
if it does) may be added to that units bombardment before the roll to range in. Soviets may
also add in any Tank Platoon that has not fired this turn.
Excellent Communications!
The US and NATO armies have an excellent communications network cementing a good
relationship between the artillery and the infantry. Any Platoon HQ and 2iC who is not busy
doing anything can act as a spotter for artillery just as a Company Command Team can do
without suffering a +1 penalty for the ranging in attempt! These teams can also act as
spotters for allied platoons and companies if required. Unfortunately Soviet Teams cannot!
Centralised Artillery Command (Soviet Doctrine)

The Soviets kept a very tight reign on their Nuclear capabilities and their nuclear sreike
packages where controlled at the Front level. Subordinate units could not, even if they have a
nuclear capability, launch such a capability, without the Front Commander authorising it;
therefore Soviet nulear weapons canot be released unless it is by a Battalion HQ doing the
spotting or a subordinate (attached) Artillery Observer. Platoons and Company command
teams cannot spot for any nuclear bombardments; even if they are the batteries observers.
Chemical and Biological weapons are released to the Battalion Front and therefore a
Company Command Team may spot for a chemical or biological strike from their own
attached artillery batteries. A Chemical/Biologial strike can be spotted for by any observer
team, either controlled by the firing battery or attached from a higher chelon.
Combined (Artillery) Bombardments (NATO Doctrine)

NATO allied countries artillery can be combined into one firing battery and can be spotted for
by any attached observers irrelevant of controlling country as NATO doctrine allows
observers to control each others artillery assets. The US Time on Target (TOT) Rule cannot
be used, neither can the All Guns: REPEAT rule.
MORTARS
Mortars between 40mm to 99mm calibre may make Point Attacks versus another infantry
team. Once ranged in, they may continue to make attacks on the same team –even if that
team has moved! No further Ranging In need be done. If the target team is destroyed, then
the mortar must make a Ranging In roll to attack another target team. A battery of four
mortars can make four separate point attacks against four separate targets or a single attack
against a target using the template. They cannot make two point attacks and combine to
make a template attack; all mortars in the battery may make separate attacks OR a single
template attack –no combining attacks. Mortars from a separate battery may also combine
their mortars into a single attack on the same target –using the double width artillery template.
All rules for ranging in, spotting and deviation apply. The target is still attacked with half the
characteristics of a normal attack –despite the fact it is two batteries combining. If a third
battery combines an additional template is not added, but two dice per target under the
template are rolled. A fourth combining battery does not add any further dice but any misses
may be re-rolled.
Mortars may combine their battery to make a single attack using the artillery template. All
rules for ranging in, deviation etcetera apply. The target team and all those under the
template are hit at half the effect of the mortars penetration and firepower. No further Ranging
In attempts need be made against the same target –unless that target has moved. The target
point may be locked in if the spotting team was either an attached Forward Observer to the
47

mortars or another Forward Observer (artillery or such like). If the target point is locked in
then no further ranging in need be applied (or deviation) –the target point can be hit each turn.
However! Any teams that were originally under the target point and now have moved need to
be hit and ranged in as per normal! Any new teams entering the area covered by the target
point need not be ranged in at all and can be hit as normal. If the original FO team is killed
and removed from play the target point is still locked in! just because the original spotting unit
is now removed does not mean the battery has lost the co-ordinates!
Mortars may fire smoke

bombardments from a single tube of
calibre 40-99mm; the smoke screen
thus generated is the same size as
a medium base and has all the
effects of wind drift reduced by half
as well as it’s loiter time. A battery
combining to make a smoke
bombardment may do so with all of
it’s mortars with the usual effects.
A mortar battery of 99mm+ cannot

make single point attacks; they
must combine to make a template
attack. However they may split their
battery fire to make two separate
template attacks at half of their US Army M-109a1Howitzer, Vietnam, 1970’s
characteristics on two separate
targets. A battery of three mortars cannot split their fire in this way –the minimum number is a
four mortar battery. Each separate attack must be ranged in as normal and all rules for
deviation apply.
ARTILLERY
All artillery batteries may make single point attacks against armoured targets. These attacks
are used over open sights and must be made at half of the maximum range of the piece with
+/-1 to the dice roll to hit (using the skill level) . if such an attack is made then they cannot use
the remaining pieces of the battery that has not fired to make a template attack!
Soviet tanks of 90mm+ calibre may add their tubes to any artillery bombardment. Doing so
acts as a further artillery battery firing into the target area with all subsequent rules. The tanks
act as a ammunition section giving the bombardment a further dice to hit/wound. The tank unit
of platoon or higher must not have moved or fired in the turn that it is adding it’s weight to the
bombardment.
Soviet mortars of 60mm+ may also combine to any artillery bombardment, with the same
effects as if the mortars had successfully ranged in and then attacked the target unit. Mortar
units may only combine in such a way if they have not moved or fired in their previous turn.
Rocket batteries and BM-21 launchers cannot add their weight to any ongoing or pre-existing
artillery bombardments; neither can they be reinforced by any additional artillery firing at their
target. Rockets can only combine bombardments with other rockets.
Nuclear Attacks from Artillery and Mortar Batteries

Nuclear, Chemical and Biological rounds cannot be combined into a pre-existing
bombardment; even if the firing unit has not moved and fired. They must range in and attack
as a separate unit firing onto the target unit; with all rules for deviation and ranging in. NBC
attacks are always treated as separate attacks and cannot combine; even if the firing units
and batteries wishing to join are firing the same shell type. All effects for wind and
contamination must be adhered to.
Minelets and Bomblets Ammunition

Minelet ammunition is only available to artillery and mortars of 120mm+ and in bomb form
(Cluster Bombs). Mortar’s minefields are created the same way with the same rules but have
48

half the characteristics of penetration and firepower. Minelet ammunition cannot combine in
an artillery attack as it has its own specialist rules. Minelet ammunition must be ranged in as
per normal, once ranged in the round(s) are fired; creating a minefield of the usual width and
depth. The minefield may be of mixed types, HE, AT and AP of a 50/50 mix (despite minefield
density) and must be declared as mixed before firing!
The density of the minefield created by minelet ammunition is as follows:
Number of Firings Density of Minefield

One 25%
Two 50%
Three 75%
Four 100%
Subsequent firings onto an existing minefield target area are classed as already being
Ranged In if conducted by the same firing unit. Any units that were not the original unit will be
classed as a new unit firing and create a separate minefield. The units attempting to create a
minefield in this manner must not have moved or fired in the previous turn (or be supressed
by enemy artillery).
Cruise Missiles launched from either an aircraft or from a ground mounted launching platform
may also make minefields utilising the same rules as above with one exception! A cruise
missile created minefield is classed as being at 50% for one Missile firing, 75% for two and
10% for any more than three missile firing to create the (same) minefield.
49

The modern battlefield is a dangerous place for any aircraft to be flying over. The cheapness
and ready availability of MANPADs (Man Portable Air Defence) and mobile SAM (Surface to
Air Missile) systems makes it a hazardous place to over fly! The Soviet doctrine of Air-
Defence in depth has a broad array of
anti-aircraft measures, from large AA-
Guns, to mobile and static missile
systems that have a wide variety of
operational ceilings to blast any aircraft
unfortunate to venture within range to
smithereens.
Laser range finders, thermal imaging,

heat seeking, and radar missiles are
included in every states arsenal, from
NATO, Warsaw Pact, and through even
to the third world, there is a system that Soviet SAM-2 in an NBC exercise, E. Germany 1960’s
meets anyone’s budget that is more than capable of eliminating the threat posed by
marauding aircraft and pesky helicopters
Unlike conventional WW2 game’s where the only threat to an aircraft is a dedicated AA
machinegun or artillery piece, the modern pilot has to contend with this vast array of missiles
as well. To represent this, ALL SAM missiles automatically hit the aircraft they are ‘firing at’ –
34
however to make it fair on the pilot of said targeted aircraft, he (or she ) has to make a
successful skill test to avoid the
SAM AIRCRAFT DAMAGE TABLE missile. If the test has
1d6 Result Damage/Action Result successfully been passed then
1 The missile is a dud –fails to explode; he (or she) can continue as per
No damage is caused normal. IF the test is a failure,
2-3 Aircraft hit, pilot MUST ABORT mission then the aircraft is hit and is
Remove aircraft from play required to take a 1d6 roll to see
4-5 Aircraft is damaged, but can continue the result of the strike and
on a successful MORALE test – consult the table alongside .
otherwise pilot aborts current mission
6 KA-BOOM! Aircraft destroyed –remove
from play
RPG-7’s may be fired at helicopters, roll to hit as per normal with a -2 to the dice roll.
AA machineguns and AA Cannon/artillery use conventional rules to resolve hits and damage
versus airborne targets.
There is NO DIFFERENCE between a vehicle mounted SAM and a man-portable SAM –only
the respective ranges as to which they can engage a target.
Man portable SAMS cannot Move and Fire.
Vehicle mounted SAM’s can Move and Fire!
34
The Peoples Air Force of China employs several female pilots, flying not only transports aircraft
(like in the Soviet Union) but fighters also.
50

Aircraft have a three point movement phase unlike other vehicles. They are brought onto
table, moved to their Release Point (where they deploy their wepaons) and then moved to the
table edge (were they exit the table). During these phases, of course, the aircraft is vulnerable
to ground fire –as discussed in the section regarding AA Fire. Aircraft are brought on by either
the FAC (Forward Air Controller) or any Platoon, Company (or higher) HQ that requests them.
At the release point, the aircraft can release it’s ordinance and cause all manner of havoc on
the table top! Aircraft have a ‘Load Points’ profile in the Table of Organisation & Equipment;
this specifies the maximum number of rocket pods, bombs, guns and cannon that particular
aircraft can carry.
FORWARD AIR CONTROLLER (FAC)

The Forward Air Controllers job is similar to that of the FAO, but he’s assigned from the Air
Force and looks after ALL AIR ASSETS that are assigned to any mission in support of that
missions. The FAC directed air strikes against enemy positions and co-ordinated such strikes
both with the air assets (or naval if Marines) and with the FDC and TOC.
Administering an air strike is pretty much like calling in Artillery; however, the aircraft are ON
TABLE when they launch. Roll to hit as per normal (an aircraft requires 4+ before
modifications to hit the target) –apply modifiers and then place out the appropriate templates
as to what ordnance the aircraft is dropping; either bombs or napalm.
BOMBS use the same template as the artillery

NAPALM use double the width artillery template, double the length 6”/15cmX12”/30cm
Aircraft can fire cannon, machineguns AND rockets as POINT ATTACK –as in anything in
front of the aircraft, weapons such as bombs can be released depending on the weapon
release point and if the aircraft is flying LOW, MEDIUM or HIGH.
Weapons are launched in pairs or singularly. Consult the following table:
AIR LAUNCHED NASTIES –versus INFANTRY
WEAPON TYPE NOT IN COVER LIGHT COVER MEDIUM COVER HEAVY COVER
250 kg bomb 4+/+1 additional 4+/+1 additional 5+/+1 additional 6+/+1 additional
500 kg bomb 3+/+1 additional 3+/+1 additional 4+/+1 additional 5+/+1 additional
1,000 kg bomb 2+/+3 additional 2+/+2 additional 3+/+1 additional 4+/+1 additional
Napalm bomb automatic 2+ 2+ 3+
First number in the chart is the number needed to HIT the infantry, the second number is the
modifier for each additional weapon released on that point (aim and roll to hit as if using a
single weapon, but use second number to hit infantry in the chart)
AIR LAUNCHED WEAPON TYPE –versus VEHICLES
WEAPON TYPE Soft Skinned APC’s TANKS

250 kg bomb 4+/+1 additional 5+/+1 additional 6+/--additional
500 kg bomb 3+/+1 additional 4+/+1 additional 5+/+1 additional
1,000 kg bomb 2+/+2 additional 3+/+3 additional 3+/+2addiitonal
Napalm bomb 2+ 3+ 4+
The first number is the first number to hit a vehicle/Tank with the FIRST weapon released, the
second is the modifier (as above) for each additional weapon released onto that point.
51

Bombs can deviate –unlike artillery. If the 4+ roll To Hit fails then roll to deviate consulting the
following chart. Roll 1d6 and move the template 1d6 if
the aircraft is at LOW LEVEL; 1d6+2 if at MEDIUM
LEVEL and 1d6 +4 if at HIGH LEVEL in the direction of
the first dice roll. Apply all damage and hits as normal –
even if the template is over friendly troops.
NAPALM does not have any modifiers for the second

weapon released into that template –the napalm
template is for a SINGLE NAPALM WEAPON
RELEASE.
NAPALM destroys ALL light cover. Napalm covers the

strike area with smoke and fire lasting 1d6 turns. The
smoke/fire DOES NOT DRIFT. You cannot shoot
through smoke/fire and you cannot run or move through it either! Remove all light and
medium cover from the strike zone; replace all trees with stumps and cover the area in cotton
wool smoke markers. Remember that the firestorm and smoke lasts 1 turn. Once the turn’s
over remove the smoke and the ground becomes DIFFICULT GOING for troops trying to
cross it. Napalm uses a double width artillery emplate (12”/30cm by 6”/15cm); narrow
edgealligned to dropping aircraft
Huts, hooches and bamboo constructions may be set alight by a NAPALM or BOMB strike.
Consult the following table and roll the appropriate dice.
ABLAZE ON: (1d6 roll)

BUILDING TYPE/CONSTRUCTION
BOMBS NAPALM
Light Bamboo, Fence, Wall, etc DESTROYED DESTROYED

Light Bamboo Hut/Hooch DESTROYED DESTROYED
Bamboo Hut/House 4+ DESTROYED
Wooden Fence/Palisade, etc DESTROYED DESTROYED
Wooden Hut/House/Outbuilding 4+ 3+
Substantial Wooden Building 5+ 4+
Dug-In Building 6+ 5+
Light Brick Hut/Hooch 6+ 5+
Brick Hut/House or Outbuilding NOT POSSIBLE 6+
Light Concrete Building (Hut/Hooch) NOT POSSIBLE 6+
Concrete Building (Hut/House, etc) NOT POSSIBLE NOT POSSIBLE
Improvised (Light/Medium) Bunker 6+ 5+
Sandbagged Bunker NOT POSSIBLE 6+
Concrete Bunker NOT POSSIBLE NOT POSSIBLE
52

The majority of modern nations posess sophisticated air forces (we’re talking WARSAW Pact
and NATO rather than Middle East/Africa), therefore the chances of you actually being able to
deploy your flight of nice shiny F-16’s to the tabletop to napalm those enemy formations
without them being intercepted by some Mig-29 Fulcrums is increasingly difficult.
The majority of the West and the Soviet Union is covered by an increasingly more
sophisticated and very extensive network of early warning receivers and radar installations,
SAM batteries, AA guns and fighters all linked in by radar and your flight of ground attack
aircraft suddenly find themselves in a desperate air-to-air battle dodging high powered
surface-to-air missiles the size of telegraph poles and fighter-interceptor’s whose whole
existence is to lurk around the sky and obliterate anything that comes within range of their
guided AA missiles.
AIR SUPPORT
Air Support is paid for just like any other unit, however, it is not immediately deployed to the
tabletop, but remains Off Table untilcalled for. Once called for it can remain on table (On
Station) flying about and messing up the enemies day, or it can chose to leave by any
available table edge to return Off Table to wait to be called forward again.
Aircraft that are Off Table canot

be fired upon by the enemy –
even if the enemy does have
Radar Guided AA defences!
(unless specified in a scenario).
Off Table aircraft are assumed
to be either holding high uo
waiting to swoop downm or at a
forward base re-arming and re-
supplying.
Aircraft can be called for, just

like any Off Table asset, in the
owning players turn. A
Battalion, Company or Platoon
HQ can request the aircraft, just
as if it was an artillery call. Roll AD1 Skyraider with full load of air launched nasties!
1d6 for every unit requesting
aircraft, on a 5+ the call goes through and your chosen aircraft can be placed on a table edge
of your choice. Failed requests are just that, failed. Perhaps the aircraft is not armed and
ready, or it has encountered a group of fighters or is somewhat delayed doing something else
–you are free to try again next turn.
The requesting HQ cannot have requested any artillery or be acting as an observer for it to
request aircraft.
Aircraft that have been successfully requested and are on the entry table edge, can not be
shot at and can also defend themselves.
MULTI-ROLE FIGHTER AIRCRAFT

In the Aircraft Armoury Section you will find details of the aircraft and what weapons fits they
can have. Some additional weapons or pairings have to be paid for in addition to the cost of
the fighter; this additional points cost does not come from the Air Support points costs but in
addition to it.
In the armoury section the fighters will be marked with what role they can fullfill. Some fighters
will be marked solely as interceptors or ground attack whilst others may have two (or more)
roles marked –these are multi-role fighters and can be used for intercepting enemy
53

aircraft/helicopters as well as attacking ground targets. They are usually armed with self
defence or attack guided AA missiles.
INTERCEPTORS
Fighters marked as Inteceptors can remain off table once purchased and when the enemy
player deploys their aircraft can fire on them with one (1) guided missile attack (ignoring the
range of the missile). If the attack is successful the enemy player cannot then deploy that
fighter as it is now a pile of burning wreckage –or has retuned to base with several holes in its
airframe. If the enemy player also has multi-role aircraft or interceptors he (or she) may also
make a single attack against the firing aircraft. If that attack is successful lthen both aircraft
are eliminated! Any remaining aircraft can deploy as normal!
AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT
Aircraft move very fast. Modern aircraft move even faster! Aircraft move like helicopters once
on table, the controlling layer picks a spot on the table and moves their aircraft to it –however,
aircraft are not ffected by terrain, minefields, obstacles or any other terrain restrictions.
Aircraft are allways flying high, unless coming in for a straffing/bombing run therefore line of
sight is not interrupted by scenery.
Choose an enemy team and that is your target. Place the aircraft within 6”/15cm of the team
and roll to hit as normal if engaging with cannon; if using bombs (or guided bombs) then roll
1d6 hitting on a 4+, if the roll is unsuccessfull then roll to deviate as normal. Any models
under the template are then hit according to the rules for bombs (see page 50 of the rulebook)
Once the aircraft has finished bombing or straffing it can move to a table edge of the
controlling players choice for it to ‘leave’ the battlefield. The aircraft can return if called for
(successfully) again. SAM and AA troops or any other AA capable infantry may fire at the
departing aircraft in their firing turn.
ON STATION AIRCRAFT
Aircraft that are On Station remain on thetabletop once deployed and remain on the tabletop
and act like gunships (see page 56 of the rulebook). Aircraft On Station only leave the
tabletop if the controlling player wishes them to (either to appear in the reserves box or to re-
arm and refuel) or if they have run out of ammunition and bombs! –Aircraft that are On Station
can return to the fight once they have spent a
minimum of 1 (one) turn off table to re-arm and re-
fuel and can return to any table edge the controlling
player wishes –tho they must remain off table for 1
(one) further turn if the elected table edge is
controlled by the opposing player. If an On Station
aircraft is destroyed they canot return to the fight –
they are destroyed and removed from play just like
any other deployed platoon or company. You can
own more than one aircraft and aircraft of differing
makes and tipes.
FIRING or BOMBING
Aircraft under wing (pylon mounted) ordnance in the
shape or rocket pods, guided missiles or rockets,
missiles and rockets, rocket pods or cannon fire to
the front of the aircraft (180*) whilst all bombs,
napalm and free-fall ordinance is placed to the rear
of the aircraft by the tail section (see diagram )
GUIDED AA MISSILES
Some aircraft can be armed with Guided AA Missiles –these can only be fired at other flying
targets and not at ground targets; neither can they be fired at parked aircraft on the ground!
Guided AA Missiles can be fired in the opponents deployment turn if they are on Interceptors
or during the owning player’s normal firing turn. They can be fired alongside any bombs,
missiles, rocket pods or cannon.
54

Guided AA Missiles can fire to the front arc of the aircraft only and may attack any aircraft or
helicopter as long as the skill test is passed to hit (the targeted aircraft must make a
successful skill test to avoid the missile at a -1 if the missile is comming from their rear
aspect) otherwise the targeted aircraft is obliterated (see page 50 of the rulebook)
GUIDED BOMBS
Guided bombs or rockets use a laser
beam to guide the projectile onto their
target –so if the target moves it does not
matter! The targeting aircraft can still hit
it! Roll to Range-In as if directing an
artillery strike; if successfully ranged in
place a Ranged In token on the target.
You may fire your guided misisles,

hitting on a 4+, as many times as you
wish until you have hit the target –those
that have missed, missed! Guided
SU-25 Frogfoot Ground Attack Aircraft missiles do not use an artillery template
–they are Point Attack weapons. You can roll to hit as many times as you have weapons to hit
–remember they are singular weapons not pairs; therefore if your F4 Phantom has 2xGuided
Bombs then you can roll two (2) times. After that the aircraft is out of that particular ordinance.
FAST MOVERS
Modern aircraft are fast! Manually operated and optically aimed AA artillery and machineguns
have a difficult time keeping up with them. On a roll of 5+ the targeted aircraft speeds through
the danger zone and is missed by any ordinance being trown at it. Radar guided or controlled
AA artillery and Surface-to-Air Missiles ignore this saving throw and hit as per normal (see
page 50)
TALL FLIGHT STANDS

All modern aircraft are mounted on the tall flight stand; therefore must be placed within
6”/15cm of the target.
US Parachute Jump Wings
AN-12 with Soviet Army

Paratroopers from an Air Landing
Parachute Battalion
55

Certain Infantry get a thrill out of jumping from perfectly serviceable aeroplanes; these
35
specialist infantry are called Paratroopers . The Soviets have several divisions of
Paratroopers whilst NATO has it’s equivalent, either West German paratroopers, US 101st
and 82nd Airborne and the British Paratroop Regiment alongside the Frech, Belgians and
Italians.
Paratroopers do not deploy onto the table like regular infantry, instead they arrive from the
reserves. Paratroopers do not ‘walk’ onto the table but arrive from the air; therefore their
specialist ability needs to be paid for before the start of the game at a cost of 40 points per
Platoon. This includes their transport aircraft, be it Antonov AN-12’s or C-130’s.
To deploy paratroopers roll as if ranging-in for artillery, designating a friendly ground

command unit36 that is not pinned or has moved to act as the spotters. Roll to range-in re-
rolling the first failed roll; you can only re-roll one (1) failed attempt, unless the unit doing the
spotting is a Forward Air Controller, in that case they can re-roll up to two (2) failed attempts.
If the unit fails to successfully range-in the paratroop unit, then they must try again next turn;
possibly cloud cover, delay or other interference has prevented them from arriving this turn. If
the roll is succesfull then you can place out the Platoon HQ of your paratroop unit within
6”/15cm of the spotting unit. The rmaining elements of your platoon can then be placed in
command of their HQ but cannot be placed within 6”/15cm of an enemy unit!
Paratroopers cannot go-to-ground once they have landed as everyone has spotted their
bright canopies and the low flying aircraft! However, they can move imediatey up to 6”/15cm
once they have landed and can perform a Paratroop Assault Move.
PARATROOP ASSAULT MOVE

Any paratroop unit that has sucesfully landed on the table and is within 62/15cm of an enemy
unit can perform a Paratroop Assault Move. As long as the unit is not pinned it may
immediately move up to 62/15cm to close with the enemy and may fire whilst moving at a -1
to the hit roll. They cannot re-roll any unsucesfull hits; however, once they are within base-to-
base contact or are 1”/3cm from any enemy unit they can engage in hand-to-hand combat
forcing the enemy player to re-roll all of his saves for the first turn only due to their surprise,
speed and agility!
CAUTIOUS MOVEMENT
Once deployed on the ground paratroop units can use the cautious movement rule to go-to-
ground whilst moving. This must be done after their first turn when they have arrived; as they
cannot go to ground as soon as they have arrived as everyone has noticed their arrival!
However, once they are on the table they can move up to their maximum movement
allowance (allowing for terrain) and can go to ground. They cannot fire or have been spotted!
Paratroopers ignore boggy conditions and treat them as their normal movement rate (full
movement)
INFILTRATORS
Paratroopers are Infiltrators and can start the game concealed! This can only be done if they
have not parachuted onto the tabletop! If they have been deployed as ‘regular’ infantry then
they can use the Infiltrators special rule.
Paratroopers may attempt to infiltrate during their movement phase. Move up to their normal
movement rate of 16”/40cm using all of the rules for cover and terrain. If the unit finishes
behind enemy lines then roll 1d6 for every unit, on a 2+ they are undetected, on a failed roll
they have been spotted and the enemy can engage you. If you are undetected you may go-
to-ground.
35
Or if they were civilians Insane
36
minimum Platoon HQ or 2iC for NATO or Company HQ or 2iC for Soviet forces
56

The Soviets as well as NATO forces have dedicated reconnaissance troops in each of their
formations. These troops jobs is to scout out the terrain ahead, find viable routes as well as
possible areas of cocnealement, lager positions and fall back routes as well as the vital role of
gathering intelligence on the disposition of enemy forces.
Reccee troops have the Infiltrators and Cautious Movement rules the same as paratroopers37.
Recce troops also have a few other specialist abilities such as Scouts.
SCOUTS
Recce Troops can, at the start of their turn, reveal an enemy formation that is concealed or
gone-to-ground is within 6”/15cm as long as the reccee troops themselves are not pinned,
have moved or are otherwise engaged (like firing at an enemy or spotting for artillery!). The
enemy formation must be within line of sight of any of the reccee elements in the unit and
eny enemy troops thus revealed are not counted as gone to ground or concealed for the
remainder of the turn (and can therefore be pulverised by artillery or firepower!). A reccee
platoon or unit thus revealing an enemy cannot move or shoot or even assault as they arer
too busy relaying information and intelligence. They can of course be concealed themselves
or gone-to-ground and this has no penalty on revealing enemy formations.
DISENGAGING FROM THE ENEMY

Reccee Troops ususally advance (cautiously, using the cautious movement rule) and once
found disengage rather rapidly as they are lughtky armed and equipped. The enemy may fire
at each team in the reccee platoon/unit; with half of their ROF, the reccee elements move half
their movement allowance to disengage. Any teams still visible to the enemy may be fired
upon again –this time with the full ROF!
The reccee elements must pass asucessful Skill Test to disengage. If failed they remain
where they are and suffer the full brunt of the enemies firepower. Reccee elements may fire
back or assault if they survive the hail of firepower!
Reccee elements may disengage from assaults; they roll one skill test per unit instead of
conducting defensive fire. If they pass they may move away at half their movement rate. Any
teams that have not sucesfully disengaged are eliminated. (Casualty rules still apply).
Reccee teams, if in the open or have been spotted, may be targeted by artillery. The artillery
may have one (1) attempt at ranging-in and cannot re-roll any failed attempts. If unsucesfull
the recee elements may move their full movement (taking into account terrain and other
penalties); if sucesfull then the recee tema is hit by the artillery bombardment as per normal.
Reccee teams are adept at spotting concesled enemies and therefore cannot be ambushed.
Enemy teams cannot ambush any friendly forces that are within 8”/20cm of a reccee element
–as that element has alerted the friendly unit of the presence of enemy forces –regardless if
they have moved, fired or been pinned.
Reccee elements always move after everyone

elses deployment. They can remain within 6”/15cm
of enemy formations without problems and can
advance up to and past enemy formatins using the
Infilrators rule.
Recee teams may start the game concealed, in

ambush or gone-to-ground.
M-151 Jeep of the Recon Elements, 11th

ACR
37
See Page 56: Paratroopers
57

SOVIET RECCEE TROOPS

Soviet formations have a distinctly different approach to reconnaissance, instead of utilising
dedicated Reccee Trops you may utlise any of your formations to gather Reconnaissance by
Battle –drive forward until engaged by a force they cannot overwhelm; thus alerting the
following formations to dug in or larger concentrations of troopst the fore. This simple, no fool
method of reconnaissance approach does not need genius to operate –neither do the troops
thus employed qualify as proper recon troops. Soviet formations thus engaged to do Recon
by Battle do not gain the advantages of being Infiltrators or Scouts and therefore do not count
as ‘proper’ recon troops. Hey are not placed like other reconnaissance forces and appear on
the table alongside any ‘conventional’ Soviet force.
You may at the beginning of the game elect ONE of your platoons in a company to be that
companies Recon Element or ONE Company in your Battalon to be the Battalons Recon
Elements. These forces will deploy to the fore of your other forces and may be twice the
command distance from their usual controlling HQ.
Due to the scarcity of radios issued to platoons and companies within Soviet formations, units
designated to do reconnaissance by Battle have no methods of alerting the following units
that they have encountered strng enemy resistance –they hope that the sounds of battle will
carry back to their commander and alert them that way. Therefore a unit engaged in a firefight
with a stronger enemy unit that it cannot overwhelm, rolls a skill test to see if the sound of
battle carries back to it’s parent unit –if the test is passed then the following units know of the
ensuing battle and enemy forces up ahead; if the test fails then the following units can blindly
blunder into the enemy positions and suffer the penalties for doing so!
Any Soviet force that is designated as a Recon Element for a larger force (but in itself is not a
dedicated Reccee Unit) that encounters an enemy force, must roll a skill test to see if
it’sparent units knows of the fight. This may be a small platoon size unit, or a carefully dug in
battalion… Upon being fired upon (discovering the enemy) the Soviet player rolls the skill test;
if the test passes then he can deploy his following units knowing the enemy is ahead –
otherwside the following units cannot fire unless fired upon…
Soviet Motorised Units remain mounted, even when conducting Reccee duties. They will drive
forward until fired upon by the enemy; then they will dismount and with their carriers providing
fire support (in the form of it’s cannons and machineguns) will assault the enemy position(s).
once overcome; they will then re-mount their APC’s and continue until the next enemy force.
They will only stop if they encounter a much larger enemy force, or if they are destroyed!
58

During the course of a normal game, you take turns to shoot at the enemy forces, any
successful hits and the enemy team is removed from play as Destroyed. This takes into
account that your shots may have killed and wounded some of the men comprising the team,
the remainder are now hurriedly evacuating the wounded back to an aid post. In the modern
battlefield there are several attached Medic’s to each Company that have a dedicated job of
tending the wounded, freeing up the remainder of the team to carry on with their job –shooting
the enemy. In COLD WAR! The Medic teams move from area to area tending the wounded
and evacuating them via their dedicated jeeps, ambulances and even helicopters.
Any Infantry Team that suffers a hit is NOT removed as Destroyed, rather it is marked with a
WOUNDED counter, this indicates that the team has suffered casualties. You can represent
this by either laying the base down so that the soldiers point at the sky, or by adding a small
marker to the team to indicate their wounded status, i.e. WOUNDED or WIA38
Wounded teams can move without penalties and can move at the double if they are heading
towards a Medic or Ambulance Team –moving at the double does not give the wounded team
any penalties or make it ‘Out of Command’ –even if the rest of the Platoon did not move at
such a rate.
Wounded teams can only
shoot if in self defence
and if they are attacked in
an assault they must
break off at the earliest
opportunity. Wounded
Teams count as pinned
for the purposes of
firing/assaulting.
Wounded teams that

make it to a medic,
Ambulance or Dust-Off
have their wounded
UK medics in full NBC rig; Winterbourne Gunner CBRN School counter removed (stand
the base up, or remove your counter) –the wounded have been successfully evacuated. Roll
1d6 for the survivors, on a roll of 4+ they can continue to fight as normal, on any other result
(1-3) they are badly shot up and also need evacuating –remove them from play; Teams
removed in this way do count as Destroyed for the purpose of a Platoon Morale Check.
IF a wounded team receives a second Wound Marker then the team is removed from play as
Destroyed (counting towards the Platoon Morale Check); once a team is removed from play
any accumulated Wound Counters and NBC protection counters are removed (and returned
to the pool).
Medic’s are NON-COMBATANT for the majority of NATO, US and British armies, but are
armed for self defence in the Warsaw Pact and Soviet Armies. Medics CANNOT shoot or
assault; unless they are Soviet/Warsaw Pact –then can only defend themselves and must
break off at the earliest opportunity.
Medics act as Independent Teams and can only treat ONE (1) wounded team per turn.
Medics mounted in Jeeps can treat up to TWO (2) wounded teams and Hospital Trucks can
treat up to FOUR (4) wounded troops per turn. Dust-Off helicopters can evacuate up to 5
wounded teams.
Medic Teams are INDEPENDENT TEAMS
38
WIA = NATO acronym for Wounded In Action as opposed to KIA: Killed In Action
59

Helicopters are paid for out of the regular Equipment Lists –they are NOT part of the Air
Support Pool and do not have the same restrictions as Aircraft have. Helicopters can fall into
three categories, Transport, Gunship and Transport-Gunship.
Transport helicopters are any version that can carry troops from one point to another,
included in this general heading are liaison helicopters, spotter helicopters and light utility.
Transport helicopters may be armed with door mounted (pintle) machineguns (either light or
heavy) for self defence –transport helicopters do not carry any other type of ordinance.
Gunship’s are the armed transport helicopters that provide close-in support for the
Transport helicopters. Gunship’s are armed with door mounted (pintle) weapons for self
defence as well as stubby pylons upon which various other weapons can be mounted such as
gun pods mounting gatling guns or heavy machineguns, rocket pods, wire guided anti-tank
missiles and other such ordnance.
Transport-Gunship’s are a
combination of a Transport
and Gunship helicopter, that
is a transport helicopter that
also has additional
ordinance in the form of
pylons mounting weapons
mounts (such as the Mil-24
Hind D and the UH-60
Blackhawk helicopters).
HELICOPTER MOVEMENT
US 1st Cavalry, 227th Aviation Co. UH-1D
Helicopters can enter the
table and have multiple release points, they can land and take off, hover and otherwise lurk
about and linger unlike a fixed wing aircraft which has to flight straight (or near enough so).
Helicopters, like aircraft, must designate at what point they are going to enter the table, you
must designate this before bringing your helicopters onto the table –just like an aircraft!
Helicopters move in the controlling players movement phase and can shoot in the controlling
players shooting phase, just like a vehicle. Helicopters can shoot ‘over’ friendly teams and
enemy and suffer no movement penalties for firing or to fire. Helicopters can fly over any
intervening terrain features.
Helicopters cannot seize objectives and

hold them; unless they have discourged
their troops (the infantry then can seize
and hold the objective). Hlicopters
cannot prevent the enemy player from
launching an ambush –unless the
helicopter is a scout team!
Helicopters can spot for artillery; either if they are a dedicated reccee or spotting helo such as
an OH-6 or Kiowa but also if they are a utility or gunship model. Recee helo’s find targets not
inly for the infantry and guns on the ground but lso gunships and can be attached to gunship
helicopter platoons.
Remember that it takes ONE MOVEMENT TURN to enter the table as the helicopter is on it’s
approach. Whilst ‘approaching’ the helicopter can be fired at by any dedicated Anti-Aircraft
weapons (if available). Once on table any infantry weapons can fire at the helicopters as long
as they can draw a line of sight to the helicopter. Any Dedicated AA weapons can also shoot
at the helicopters if they can draw a line of sight to it and are on AIR OVERWATCH.
60

When the helicopter is first requested a Landing Zone (LZ) must be designated, or it must be
designated as soon as it enters the table! –The only exception is if the helicopter is a gunship
as they are there to fly support only and count as flying tanks.
Helicopters are counted as Independent Teams, for transport, gunship and gunship-transport.
A helicopter may go up and down ONE level per movement turn without any penalties. It may
also do this if hovering (flies straight up).
GROUND LEVEL Helicopter is at ground level IE stationary/landed

When a helicopter is on the ground, it may embark/disembark troops but CANNOT fire any
rocket pods, missiles or other armament. It can continue to fire it’s door MG’s as per normal.
Whilst on the ground any infantry team that has a line of sight to the helicopter can fire at it
and the helicopter can be damaged by artillery strikes.
LOW LEVEL Helicopters is roughly at the height of the trees, it is the most
accurate level for firing, but you are an easier target for ground
fire
When at Low Level the helicopter can skim over all intervening terrain and can fire all of it’s
onboard weapons as normal. Enemy may target the helicopter by drawing a line of sight to it
and firing in their Firing Phase. Dedicated AA weapons can only fire at the helicopter in the
controlling players turn and if they are on AIR OVERWATCH.
HIGH LEVEL High altitude negates the affects of ground fire (unless dedicated AA
fire) but makes hitting anything with any degree of accuracy near
impossible! Unless you are using rocket pods. Door mounted LMG are
ineffective.
At High Level the helicopter is zooming high above the battlefield (this is sometimes referred
to as Transit Level or Transit Mode) Whilst flying high only Dedicated AA weapons (MG’s,
SAM’s and AA Artillery) may fire at the helicopter. Whilst at this altitude the helicopter cannot
fire any of it’s door guns or main armament unless firing at another helicopter at the same
altitude.
YOU CANNOT board or disembark ANY troops if you are flying at LOW level you must
roll for your troops disembarking, any 6’s result in injury;
the stand of infantry that ‘fell’ is PINNED
All the time the helicopter is on table and visible to the enemy, the enemy can shoot at it!
Helicopters remain on table until the player who controls them wishes them to leave!
FIRING HELICOPTER WEAPONS

Helicopters usually have door mounted
weapons which can be fired by the
onboard crew. Gunship helicopters have
weapons pylons mounting an array of
rocket pods, gun pods and anti-tank
missiles. These can all be fired (depending
on altitude) at enemy troops; drawing a line
of sight from the helicopter to the
team/team’s you wish to engage; door
LMG’s fire to either side of the helicopters
fuselage and weapons pylons fire to the
front aspect of the helicopter.
FIRING AT A HELICOPTER
Any Unit that can see a helicopter and is
armed with AA weapons (any weapon that
is an LMG, LAW, rifle grenades and RPG’s) can fire at a helicopter. Measure to the fuselage
and NOT the rotors! Gunships are removed from play if they are destroyed and count as
destroyed for any platoon morale checks. Transport helicopters are destroyed along with any
61

transporting passengers! Removed from play in the usual manner, unless they were on the
ground –in wich case replace with a wreckage marker.
Helicopters have an unmodifiable 5+ save in view of their robustness

MEDEVAC HELICOPTERS and DUST OFF
Medical Evacuation (Dust-Off) was pioneered during the Korean War and perfected during
the Vietnam War. Most (US) Infantry Battalions have attached dedicated Dust-Off aircraft, but
any empty helicopter that has just dropped off troops can be utilised to evacuate the
wounded; this is especially true during an airborne assault!
Any Infantry Team with a wounded marker may be evacuated by any empty helicopter (or a
specifically requested Dust-Off) as soon as the team is in contact with the landed helicopter in
the designated LZ (pick up zone). Roll 1d6 for every team requiring medical evacuation:
On the roll of 3+ the wounded marker is evacuated via the helicopter and the team is restored
to ‘full health’ and can carry on fighting as normal.
On a roll of 1-2 the team is too badly shot up and requires immediate evacuation, remove the
team from the tabletop, the Team is destroyed and counts for the purposes of a Platoon
Morale Check.
HELICOPTER MOVEMENT
Helicopters move over all obstacles on the
battlefield and cover ground a lot faster than any
jeep or car can. Therefore a helicopter does not
have a regulated movement such as a tank or
soldiers has, instead the owning (and controlling)
player moves the helicopter as far as they want,
positioning it where you want it. Helicopters
must remain in-command during their
‘movement’ and when placed. Helo’s cannot be
placed on any hazardous terrain and can only
end their movement where they can safely be
placed. Gunships ignore minefields; however
UH-1D’s and other transport helicopters
(including the Soviet Mil-Mi24 Hind) can be
affected by minefields –especially if they have
just landed in one!
Helicopters remain on table from turn to turn, shuttling about like busy bees and only leave
the table when the controlling player wishes them to –or if they are going back to re-load with
more infantry; or are taking wounded back to base.
ARTILLERY SAFETY ZONE

Helicopters will not fly through artillery –it’s just not safe to do so! Therefore you cannot fire a
bombardment if the aiming team is within 16”/40cm of a helicopter or if the aiming point is
within 16”/40cm of a helicopter unless the helicopter is an enemy unit! In wich case, fire
away! The Soviet player may wish to ignore the Artillery Safety Zone at their own discretion.
ROCKET PODS
Gunship’s are armed with rocket pods as well as an assortment of other ordnance (but never
napalm like holywood would lead you to believe). Rocket Pods are under the fuselage of the
helo, or on stubby wing pilons and can only fire to the FRONT ASPECT of the gunship.
Gunships can never be counted as concealed if they have fired their rocket pods!
Rocket pods come in various sizes, 14, 42, 48 and 76 tube pods.
14 Tube Pods are one shot weapons and can only fire one bombardment per game; unless
they return to base to re-arm.
62

42 Tube Pods can fire a bombardment each turn and have enough rockets to last a game.
48 Tube Pods can either fire a four weapon bombardment each turn, with enough rockets
to last the game or empty their entire rocket pod in on go counting as a nine-weapon
bombardment using a double width SALVO artillery template.
76 Tube Pods may fire a four-weapon bombardment as if they were a 48 tube pod –having
enough rockets to last the entire game. Or they can empty their pods in one massive
bombardment counting as a 16 weapon bombardment and using the double width SALVO
template and re-rolling failed hits.
If a 48 or 76 rocket pod armed copter empties their pods they cannot fire another
bombardment until they have re-armed (returned to base to do so).
RE-ARMING HELICOPTER GUNSHIPS

Any Gunship can leave by any side of the table with the intention of returning to base to re-
arm. A gunship that chooses to do so is removed from the table and placed in the reserves
box where it remains for TWO turns. On turn three it may re-enter the table (and the game) on
any side and be placed anywhere the controlling player wishes, to remain on table for as long
as the player wishes. It is considered to have been replenished with as much ammunition as
required.
HELICOPTER MOUNTED ATGWs

Helicopters may be armed with pilon mounted anti-tank guided missiles. These fire just like a
ground based missile with all rules for targeting being applied. Of course once fired they
cannot be re-armed until the helicopter has returned to base. They are ususally in paired
combinations of either 2, 4 or 8 weapons. Make a note of how many rounds are remaining
with two weapons being fired at the same time (they are never fired singularly).
DAISY CHAIN
US helicopters and gunships would often form up to arrive one after the other to pound the
previous helicopters target. Helicopters thus forming up in Daisy Chain will place separate
artillery bombardments with separate ranging-in rolls –as if they were separate artillery
batteries. However! You may wish to combine all of your firing gunships into one huge
battery, adding the number of tubes fired together into one combined bombardment –with one
ranging-in roll and modifiers as needed.
SCOUT HELICOPTERS
The OH-6 Loach and Bell Kiowa are
dedicated scouting and liaison helicopters;
in their scouring role their primary mission
is to find targets for the gunships or grunts
on the ground to pound. If a scout
helicopter passes a successful skill test it
has marked the enemy team; they now
count as spotted for any artillery to
successfully pound to pieces; if the
scouting copter failed the test then
assume it overflew the target.
Any team shooting or attempting to range-

in on a marked unit may do so at a -1 to
the test and does not treat the marked unit
as being concealed or gone-to-ground! OH-6 Loach Observation Helo and AH-1G Cobra
Gunships
A helicopter that has successfully marked an enemy unit can still fire it’s weapons.
Helicopters that are not dedicated scounting helo’s may also attempt to mark enemy units but
do so at a +1 to the skill test.
63

OBSERVER HELICOPTERS
The Battalion HQ may be mounted in observation
helicopters, so may the artillery or forward air
controller; giving them the advantage of flying loftily
over the battlefield in a robust and lythe vehicle.
Teams mounted such may act as a spotting team
for any and all gunships, artillery and Fast Air.
Unlike other observer teams a team mounted in a
helo may spot whilst moving without suffering any
penalties! After all, that’s what they are trained to
do. Targets can only be spotted if they are within
16”/40cm of the observation helicopter due to the
difficulties of finding targets whilst moving.
Observers mounted in helicopters have an

additional benefit of having a re-roll if they fail a
third attempt at rangin-in –in other words they can
have four attempts at ranging in!
OIbrvers mounted in helicopters also benefit from

being allowed to use the All Guns: REPEAT! Rule.
AERO-RIFLE and TRANSPORT HELICOPTERS

Platoons that have their own dedicated helicopter
transorts can be picked up and droped off as many
times as they like as their helo’s hang around the batrlefield acting as gunships until called
upon to do some taxi work; Transport helicopters once they have discourged their troops
imediately return to the pick up point (off table) to pick up the next wave to return. They do not
hang around the battlefield unlike dedicated transport helicopters.
64

GROUND SURVEILLANCE RADAR

The Ground Surveillance Radar tracks and identifies targets for the Artillery Batteries. If an
Artillery Battery has one of these attached to the firing unit then the firing unit can IGNORE
the first failed ‘ranging in roll’ (just like mortars). Ground Surveillance Radar units are
independent teams. GSR teams cannot use the all guns repeat rule as they are NOT Staff
Teams. GSR units may be used to Counter-Battery fire against enemy artillery (on or off
table) Roll a skill test for the operators, if sucesfull then add +1 for every radar in your unit to a
maimum of +3 to your Counter-Battery Fire.
NIGHT FIGHTING
A lot of combat can occur at night, two units blundering into each other as they try and
manoeuvre to a new position, or a night assault on known enemy positions. In the modern
battlefield, most forces have access to, or have been equipped with, night sights, starlight
scopes, IR searchlights, IR goggles and other pieces of kit that make the night an eary green
colour and everything in the green ladscape nice and visible even the sergeant catching a
quick sleep behind that unconcealing bush. Unfortunately not everyone has access to such
39
pieces of shiny kit therefore if youre fighting at night your visibility will be hampered:
Visibility Movement
1d6 Result
Distance Modifiers
1 Dusk 20”/50cm None
2-3 Night 12”/30cm HALF
4-5 Full Dark 4”/10cm QUARTER
6 Dawn 24”/60cm None
This is not how far your weapons will fire, but how far you can see your target! Roll once at
the beginning of the game to see what sort of twilight battlefield you will be fighting in.ALL
units are counted as concealed when fighting at night. However, the units are not concealed
by cover but by the darkness of the night. Ambushing troops must still deploy within
16”/40cm. Reconnaissance troops cannot use Cautious Movement as everything is pitch
black! No unit can use On the Double.
FIRING AT NIGHT
Units can only range-in on units that they can actually see! Therefore a spotting unit can only
call in artillery on a unit it can see (either a muzzle flash gave it away) or it is within the
distance of the chart above (see Night Fighting above). Teams that have previously fired are
allways visible as long as they are within Line of Sight.
TANK and VEHICLE SEARCHLIGHTS

Some tanks, such as the British Centurion and the US M-60 and M-48 series of tanks have
searchlights mounted on either the turrets or over the main armament. These either work in
the Infra-Red or white light spectrums. Tanks armed with such searchlights (and even
searchlight armed vehicles) can see up to 24”/60cm; illuminating the target platoon –this
allows other units within the company/battalion to shoot at the targets thus illuminated. Tanks
and vehicles that are using searchlights do not count as concealed either by the darkness
of night or by terrain features. Vehicles using such searchlights are counted as revealed if in
ambush and/or otherewise concealed prior to using the light. Units within 8”/20cm gain a +1 to
hitting vehicles using searchlights!
AIM AT THE MUZZLE FLASHES!

Soviet and old generation equipment may not have any nigh vision capability, therefore the
tank commanders, or troops on the ground, must find the enemy by firing at their muzzle
flashes. Every time a unit fires, place out a token to indicate they have fired (their muzzle
39
The authors unit had one night vision goggle for every 15 troops!
65

flash). Any enemy units within 24”/60cm negate the effects of night fighting and can roll to hit
as per normal. However! If the enemy unit has done a shoot and scoot manoeuvre, the
muzzle flash remains where the vehicle had last fired from and not it’s present (new) position.
NIGHT VISION GOGGLES

If You are lucky enough to hav been issued with threse nice pieces of kit, thenyou can see
just as well at full dark as you can when it’s dawn or mid-day! You need not suffer the effects
of Night Fighting and can see and engage the enemy just as if it was high noon! Troops
armed with Night Vision Equipment can see as far as their Line of Sight –all rules for terrain
and bullet proof cover apply.
Combat Support Companies

Combat support companies may make attachments before the game starts, for instance, it’s
Anti-Tank Platoon may attach itself to the mechanised company –each mechanised platoon
then gaining an Anti-Tank Team –or it’s Anti-Aircraft unit may attach itself to the Coy HQ.
Attachments made this way count towards the attached platoons/companies morale for
casualties and not to it’s original, parent, unit. Units remaining in the parent unit count towards
morale for the parent company only.
Platoons may also Re-Organise their internal structure, for instance, loan out their LMG’s to
another swuad in return for riflemen and so forth. These sorts of attachments remain in effect
for the remainder of the game, with the loaned units counting owards morale and platoon
strength as normal.
SURFACE TO AIR MISSILES

Surface To Air missiles, either man-portable or vehicle launched automatically hit the aircraft
they are targeting. The aircraft’s pilot must make a successful skill test to avoid the missile –
otherwise, roll 1d6 and consult the table on page 50.
Artillery STAFF TEAMS

Artillery Staff Teams, as the name suggests is the team of staff that co-ordinate, plot and
record artillery strikes, air strikes and bombardments –both to relay to the troops on the
ground and to the firing units making up the artillery battery. Staff Teams may record co-
ordinates of previous strikes; this allows a unit with attached Staff Team to utilise the all
guns: REPEAT! rule. Although technically Rocket Batteries and Mortars do not require staff
teams, the Soviets use of Heavy Mortars and intense rocket salvoes does require proper co-
ordination and planning. Soviet Forces may take Staff Teams for their Rocket Forces and
Heavy Mortars –allowing these formations the all guns: REPEAT! rule.
FORWARD OBSERVER (FO)

Observer Teams do just that, observe for the Artillery Units that they are ‘attached to’ –
Observer Teams are independent teams. Observers can spot for all ‘friendly’ platoons and
companies and may be mounted in vehicles or aircraft. One Forward Observer may be used
at a time to ‘spot’ per platoon/company. Forward Observers may start the game concealed
and utilise the cautious movement rule (as if they where Recon troops). Observers may still
continue to spot, even if they are pinned down –but not if they have Bailed Out of their vehicle
or their transport is Bogged Down –they are too busy dodging bullets or trying to get it
unstuck!
FORWARD AIR CONTROLLER (FAC)

Forward Controllers act as spotters for any assigned Air Assets that may be deployed on or to
the tabletop. FAC’s can act as spotters for attached helicopter assets but can only spot for
ONE platoon/company/team per turn; unless there are multiple FAC’s. Forward Air
Controllers cannot use the all guns: REPEAT! rule as aircraft cannot ‘precision bomb’ the
same co-ordinate; however, they can be used to call in artillery strikes, but as this is NOT
their primary role they will do so at a -1 to the ranging in roll..
66

ALL GUNS: REPEAT!

Once an Observer has sucesfully Ranged In on a target he may request that the battery reeat
it’s fire mission; such a request is called a All Guns: REPEAT! The battery may continue to
fire on the original aiming point withut having to re-range in every turn if already Ranged In.
HIT ‘EM WITH EVERYTHING

The artillery observers are connected to their whole battalion and can reinforce their fire with
a second battery if available. Any US Company that has an Observer team from an Artillery
Battery that has Ranged In one battery and has ordered an All Gun’s: REPEAT! Order, can
attempt on a subsequent turn to add an additional bttery to the original aiming point, whilst
controlling the original battery –but only if there is another Staff Team attached to that Battery
(and it is not busy firing at another target!) If successful, then the Observer can order both
batteries to obliterate the aiming point. A third battery may be added if there are enough free
Staff Teams hanging around batteries not doing anything…
TIME ON TARGET
Modern Fire Control methods and the proliferation of field radios and communications
equioment allow’s the field artillery to coordinate the fire of their guns so that the first round
from every gun lands at the same time, in effect obliterating the target area before the enemy
have a chance to react and find cover. However, this method is not good for prolonged
bombardments as by the second round the enemy that has survived would have found some
cover!
If an artillery battery with a Staff Team Range In sucesfully on the first attempt they may do a
Time on Target bombardment. Every enemy team that ishit by such a bombardment must re-
roll any sucesfull saves –as there is just no time to batten diwn the hatches and find cover!
This rule is for the first turn of bombardment and does not apply if the artillery battery is firing
an All Guns: REPEAT! Or a Hit ‘em With Everything bombardments.
COUNTER BATTERY FIRING

Any artillery unit with a Staff Team can target an enemay battery rather than a target on the
tabletop. The battery must be In Command, under control and not be currently engaged in
firing at another target! Guns are quite hard to destroy, what with gun shields and being dug
in (they are not normally left out in the open to fire at targets!) therefore only a direct hit will
destroy the gun and/or kill the crew!
If sucesfully Ranged In then the battery can fire upon the enemy guns –any sucesfull hits roll
1d6; on a 5+ you have destroyed the crew of that piece (remove it from play) –otherwise your
fire did nothing but throw some dirt around!
If your target battery is ‘Off Table’ then you can Range In on the enemies table edge; always
counting the enemy battery to be in the middle of their table edge. Range In as per normal; if
sucesfull then roll to hit as normal –any sucesfull hits roll 1d6 as above. On 5+ you have
destroyed one of the enemy’s guns.
Of course if the enemy battery is an SPG battery than you have to penetrate first. Do not roll
any dice; check your batteries armour penetration against your targets roof (or rear) armour
value; if you have penetrated roll to destry using your Firepowrer Rating as normal. If
sucesfull then remove that gun from play! SPG crews cannot Bail Out as they will be
destroyed by the rain of shells –treat any equal too rolls as having no effect.
If the enemy battery is in Bulletproof Cover then roll to make a Firepower Test –if sucesfull
then remove that gun frm play as eliminated!
UNDER COMMAND
Officers are trained to call in fire support from their Battalion Mortars and constant practise
allows them to bring in quick, effective fire to help their infantry or armoured units. Any
67

Company or Platoon40 Commander or 2iC can call in fire support from their attached artillery
units; including their mortars, field artillery, towed artillery and weapons platoons and do not
suffer the usual +1 Ranging In penalty for doing so!
SOVIET ARTILLERY BATTERIES

It is usual for Soviet artillery batteries to be made up of twelve (or more) guns; therefore any
Soviet Battery that is firing with 9+ guns may use a double width artillery template (12”/30cm
wide by 6”/15cm deep); this is in addition to being allowed to re-roll to hit for firing a
bombardment with 6 or more guns!
MIXED BATTERIES
Soviet artillery units may mix artillery batteries, 122mm with 130mm, or 130mm with 152mm
and so on. Batteries containing three or more guns of 130mm+ gain the following benefits:
1) If the total number of guns firing is five or less then all of the guns or howitzers count
as 130mm+
2) If the number of guns is more than the number of heavier weapons, then the effects
are diluted and the howitzers and guns count as the lighter version
3) If the number of weapons is equal, then use the WORST Firepower and lowest
Penetration Rating of the weapons firing due to the effects being diluted…
BRING UP THE GUNS!

Soviet doctrine calls for their artillery to be very-very very close to the front line; therefore
Soviet Guns can be unlimbered whilst on the move! Soviet gun teams can unlimber their guns
whilst their tractor unit is moving as long as the tractor has only moved a maximum of half of
it’s maximum distance. You can then rotate the gun to face any desired direction…
Soviet guns are designed to be light, therefore Heavy Guns (152mm+) are treated as Medium
Guns for movement and Medium Gun Teams as Light Gun Teams for movement purposes (if
not limbered up behind a transport)
Soviet Tanks can also tow artillery if needed; especially in an assault phase of the operation.
Whilst towing, tanks can still fire their main and secondary armamaents; but cannot unlimber
on the move unlike dedicated tows such as trucks, tractors or APC’s.
SHOOT ‘N’ SCOOT

An artillery unit (or even a tank unit) may execute a Shoot ‘n’ Scoot manoeuvre. They can
move up to half of their movement in the movement phase; fire in the firing phase and then
move the remainder of their movement –in effect grtting themselves out of the danger area, or
into –or back behind- some cover. SPG batteries Off Table can also execute Shoot ‘n’ Scoot
(rendering any counter battery fire innefective) but cannot use All Guns: Repeat!, Time on
Target or a Hit ‘Em With Everything action –as they are way too busy moving and occupying
another position.
ROCKET BATTERIES
Soviet Rocket batteries may utilise Staff Teams to allow the all guns repeat. NATO and US
Forces cannot use Staff Teams to allow their guns to repeat fire. Rocket Batteries can use
the ‘double wide’ Artillery Template if they are firing more than 4 firing units at a target. Rocket
batteries (unfortunately) leave a very big trail of smoke; place out a smoke marker to the rear
of every unit that fired; the enemy can use this to ‘range in’ on your battery –the ‘spotting
team’ does not require a line of site to the battery as the smoke is a ‘dead’ give away! Soviet
Forces may fire their batteries whilst ‘on the move’ to try and ‘conceal’ the smoke trail. If you
are attempting to do this do not move the battery during the movement phase –declare
your intent and then fire the battery as per normal, with a -1 to the ranging in dice (if firing on
the move you cannot use your Staff Teams to repeat guns) place out the smoke marker as
per normal, then move your battery up to half the movement distance allowed (8”/20cm)
40
Or, for Soviets, Battalion and Company Commanders only!
68

AMMUNITION SECTIONS –Ammunition Teams

Ammunition Teams act as Loading Crews; therefore any rocket or artillery firing unit that has
an attached Ammunition Team counts as TWO weapons when firing.
OR –the Ammunition Team can be removed as a casualty in place of the destroyed
(eliminated) firing unit; in this case, the remaining firing unit (without attendant Ammunition
Team) only counts as a single weapon firing. Ammunition teams can be placed ‘off table’.
RECOVERY SECTIONS
Armoured Recovery Sections may attempt to repair armoured vehicles that have been
damaged during the fighting. To do this the recovery Section must move adjacent to the
damaged vehicle and declare it’s intent to ‘recover’ that vehicle. A skill test is required; if
successful then the vehicle can be repaired on the subsequent turn and can resume normal
operations (as long as it has a crew to crew it!) –if unsuccessful then the vehicle is beyond
repair and cannot be fixed (or recovered). Only ONE test can be made per damaged vehicle.
MEDICAL PLATOON and AMBULANCES

If a medical platoon is present with an Infantry or mechanised force (including tanks) that
have taken casualties, the Medical Platoon (or section/team) may attempt to administer
battlefield first aid. Medics are INDEPENDENT teams and CANNOT SHOOT (only in defence
if Soviet/Warsaw Pact). Medics can only treat 1 wounded team per turn unless mounted in a
jeep; then they can treat up to 2 wounded teams. The Medic is successful on a roll of 4+,
otherwise the entire team is eliminated from play.
A Medical Company (or Platoon) may be, before the game starts, be broken down and
attached to comoanies or platoons of the force. For instance a medical pltoon may have it’s
three ambulances attached to the mechanised infantry company. In this case the Medical
Platoon HQ will attach it’self to the Companies HQ. This way, every platoon within that
mechanised coy will have an ambulance team attached to it and an ambulance (HQ) team
attached to it’s HQ unit. If the medical detachment is a company, then the platoons will be
attached to the companies and the medical HQ will attach it’self to the battalion HQ.
FLECHETTE ROUNDS
Every American rifle squad has up to TWO M-79 or M-203 40mm grenade launchers, one per
Fire Team. Whilst they boost the squads long-range firepower the 40mm grenade launcher
can fire flechette rounds acting like a giant shotgun. G/L armed squads can roll an extra dice
to hit in defensive fire during assaults; this gives them three dice if they are not pinned down
or two dice if they are…
Unfortunatley the Soviets do not posess 40mm grenade launchers until the BG-17 came
along in the mid 1980’s –therefore a Soviet Squad POST 1980 may be equipped with BG-17
launchers under their AK’s and can use the Flechette Rounds special rule.
LIGHT ANTI-TANK WEAPON

Every American rifle squad also has numerous M-72 LAW anti-tank rocket launchers. These
are essentially disposable versions of the Second World War bazooka. In Vietnam their main
role was silencing bunkers and demolishing termite mounds41.
Rifle Teams armed with LAW66’s may fire the LAW instead of their normal rifles during the
firing phase; if they choose to engage an enenamy vehicle, tank or personnel with their
disposable LAW’s they do so using the second statistic line shown on their arsenal page.
LAW’s add+1 dice to defensive fire if your teams are equipped with them.
ASSAULT MOVE
Specially trained to fight from their armoured vehicles, Mechanised Infantry (both US and
Soviet) can fight from their armoured transports. Unlike the Infantry who use their transorts
41
You read that right, yes, Termite Mound’s!!! as sometimes they were hollowed out and concealed a
VC fighter…
69

merely as taxies, Mechanised Infantry can use their trasports to get them into the fight! The
team must not have mounted or dismounted during the turn, neither must it be pinned down,
bailed out, or bogged down! In the first round of assault the Mechanised Team may move into
close combat from aboard their armoured transport; once in combat they add one additional
dice for the first turn only; on the second turn they must dismount and fight as per normal! A
mechanised Infantry unit may move an additional 6”/cm if declaring an Assault Move.
Any mechanised unit initiating an Assault Move may move an additional 4”/10cm in the
shooting step as well as their movement allowance!
COMBAT ATTACHMENTS
Before the game begins the US Player may swap up to ONE (1) platoon of their mechanised
or armoured companies for a platoon of any of their supporting companies, mechanised,
armoured or combat support companies making a Combat Team. For purposes of morale
and casualties the swapped platoon has joined it’s company and is therefore now part of that
team and not the original owning company. Therefore a US battalion of an armoured and a
mechanised company with a support company may detach one of it’s platoons from the
armoured company and attach it to the mechanised company and vice-a-versa creating a
mechanised coy of two mech. Platoons and a tank platoon and a tank coy of two tank
platoons and a mech platoon.
STRATEGIC BOMBERS
When calling for air support you may declare that you are requesting a Strategic Bomber. Roll
your dice from the Air Support Pool as per normal, and if sucesfull your request has been
approved and instead of a flight of aircraft you gain one (1) Strategic Bomber; either a TU-95
Bear if Soviet or a B-52 is US/NATO. However reduce your Air Support Pool by three dice
instead of one as per normal, as requesting and deploying a Strategic Bomber utilises a LOT
of available air resources. You can only request a Strategic Bomber if you have enough dice
in your pool to satisfactorily pay for it! –If the Strategic Bomber is lost due to Air Superiority
then the points (dice) spent on that bomber are also lost and cannot be recovered.
NBC PAYLOADS FOR AIRCRAFT/BOMBERS

Nuclear Payloads can be purchased for your aircraft at an additional cost –the cost is for ONE
(1) weapon of the type purchased. Chemical and Biological bombs can be fitted to the aircraft
without additional cost, declare you intent to request a flight carrying a Chemical-Biological
payload BEFORE you roll for the flight. Once deployed the Chemical/Biological payload
replaces one weapons fit of 250 kg, 500kg or 1,000kg bombs with Chemicals/Biologics
NBC PLATOONS & DECONTAMINATION

NBC Platoons can identify the airborne contaminants and hazards of the modern battlefield.
NBC Platoons may ‘decontaminate’ a path through the hazards. See the NBC section of this
rulebook. NBC Platoons are Reconnaissance Troops and move utilising the cautious
movement rule.
NBC SUITS & PROTECTION

NBC suits and associated respirators are bulky, cumbersome and extremely hot to work in.
Western versions are made of composite layers of woven fibres impregnated with charcoal
and moisture resistant materials completed with rubber over boots and gloves and rubber
respirator -Soviet versions comprise thick rubber trousers, cape and rubber boots and gloves
with an enclosed rubber mask; any soldiers wearing the suits for any length of time will
quickly tire! Any Infantry, weapons teams and command teams that have donned respirators
and suits suffer a -1 to ALL Skill and Morale tests! NBC suits give FULL protection against
Chemical and Biological effects and some protection against radiation (depending on
exposure times to the radiation hazard) –mark the team with a NBC PROTECTED counter.
CENTRALISED CONTROL
The Communist Government emphasises comformity and obedience with its citizens and
even more so sith it’s army with military operations being centrally planned and controlled with
their lack of sophisticated communications hindering their flexibility. Soviet forces are not as
70

loosely organised as those of NATO; therefore for game purposes a Soviet Company is
treated as a Platoon and a Battalion as a Company.
Therefore a Soviet Battalion operates like a giant company, with its attached companies
acting like giant platoons (and those platoons as suads and fire teams). A US Platoon must
remain In Command to move and act freely –a Soviet Company has to be In Command to do
the same.
QUANTITY OVER QUALITY

Soviet formations are HUGE! Therefore a Soviet Company starting the firing stage with a
minimum of fifteen (15) units (including gun teams, command teams and observers) In
Command must take ten (10) hits in a single shooting phase to be pinned –however a single
sucesfull artillery strike still automatically pins them! This is not a once a game statistic, this is
for every turn!
ZAMPOLITRUCKS (The Political Officer)

Moscow appoints Political Officers to each Regiment and Division –right down to the
Company Level. By the time of Premier Gorbachev the Zampolitruck was being removed
from a lot of posts, but during the time of Krushev and Breznev, the Zampolitruck was an
integral part of every Russian formation and integral to the command decisions.
Tasked with keeping the disciplinary records and unit histories the Zampolitrucks are also the
political representative of the Politburo and as such are incharge of the soldiers political
indoctrination and training. Political Officers, muchlike the Commissars of WW2 inspire
suicidal morale and passionate political motivation –so much so that any unit within 12”/30cm
of a Zampolitruck may re-roll any failed Motivation Tests. A Battalion Zampolitruck allows any
subordinate units to that battalion within 24”/60cm to re-roll up to twice any failed motivation
and morale tests –once per turn.
A Zampolitruck section may take over the duties of any command unit if that command unit is
eliminated and will act as a command unit; including being able to spot for artillery; tho at -2 to
any skill tests (accurately calling artillery strikes is a little outside of the ordinary Zampolitrucks
remit!) Zampolitrucks are Independent Teams!
FOR MOSCOW!
A Soviet unit that has been reduced to half of its total strength may attempt to rally it’s troops
into a desperate defence/attack with the cry FOR MOSCOW! The unit shakes off it’s losses
and grasps it’s AK’s and charges the nearest enemy unit at double rate and gains one extra
dice in close combat for every unit making contact for the first round of attacks. This
manoeuvre can only be attempted on a successful motivation test! And can only be attempted
once per unit per turn –however, if the unit fails two For Moscow rolls and is within 24”/60cm
of a Zampolitruck Unit then the unit is eliminated and removed from play –the Political Officers
have lined the traitorous soldiers up against the nearest wall and shot them.
MOM’s APPLE PIE!!

Just like the rallying cry of FOR MOSCOW! Any American unit that is surrounded and
outnumbered by an attacking Soviet force can attempt to rally it’s troops. The commanding
officer shouts For Mom’s Apple Pie and Liberty! –on a sucesfull motivation test that unit will
then suffer no further penalties for morale for the duration of the game. All subordinate units
that remain Under Control for the duration of the game (or until totally eliminated) gain one
extra dice in defence. If the motivational roll is unsucesfull then the unit breaks and routes!
No Retreat! No Surender!
Any Soviet Guards Force may use the No Retreat! No Surrender! Special rule. Being an elite
Guards Unit, the soldiers feel that they are bigger and better than your usual bunch of
recruits, conscripts and prison dregs from the satellite territories or the darkest areas of the
Caucassus. Only the best Russian recruits, officers and men are recruited into a Guards Unit
and therefore have a better political indoctrination and spirit de corps than your average
conscripted soldier. A Guards unit may ignore any morale and motivation tests required to
71

either to the suicidally impossible or for any losses suffered. The only time a Guards Unit
needs to take a moralke test is if it suffers 75% of losses in a single turn, or is reduced to
having only 25% of the starting force remaining –then it may re-roll any failed motivation tests
–after all, there is NO retreat and NO surrender!
ECM and Jamming

Great expense has been paid by both sides of the Iron Curtain on electronic counter
measures, jamming and evesdropping on electronic signals, radio messages and radar
signatures –both to destroy the other’s or to listen in or confuse the enemy. Each side has a
Jamming Level of 6+ on 1d6; this represents the current level of electronic jamming in place.
For each off table assets you wish to bring onto the table, consult the enemies current
Jamming Level and roll 1d6 –more than the number is required for your message to get
through uninterrupted. Less than that number and it has been blocked. Roll for each Off Table
asset, such as artillery, mortars, reinforcements and aircraft. For each one you must roll for
ECM.
Stronger counter-messures can be purchased at a cost of 50 points per Jamming Level

increase up to a total of 2+ (4 Jamming Levels -200 points). If the current level is the best you
can get (6+), a message may succeed on a natural roll of 6+.
For every GSR, or Jamming Vehicle you have assigned to your Battalion you can add 1 re-roll
up to a maximum of 3 re-rolls (3 such vehicles) –regardless if you have more vehicles! (so if
you have 4 vehicles you can only ever have 3 re-rolls).
72

73

UNITED STATES ARMY INFANTRY BATTALION

1960 to 1970
A FORCE BASED AROUND A US ARMY BATTALION SUPPORT AVAILABLE

INFANTRY BATTALION must contain
 A Battalion HQ  Armoured Cavalry
 3 Companies *May be mixed if a  Artillery Company
combined operation  Armour Company
 Anti-Aircraft Platoon
COMPANIES available to a BATTALION  Medical Platoon
 Infantry  NBC Platoon
 Mechanised Infantry
 Armoured Cavalry MOTIVATION AND SKILL
 Armour US Infantry are rated as
CONFIDENT TRAINED
US ARMY BATTALION HEADQUARTERS

1 Battalion HQ
(Major/Colonel) BATTALION HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts
OPTION:
 Add Forward Observer & Air
Controller Teams +45 pts
 Mount FO & AC in Jeep +10 pts
 Add Jeep with .50 +30 pts
 Add HQ Squad +15 pts
 Add Medical Team +12 pts
HQ Jeep (Sgt) HQ Squad Medical
 Add up to 4 Sniper Team +45pts ea
Team
INFANTRY COMPANY
INFANTRY COMPANY
INFANTRY COMPANY Bat SUPPORT option
Coy SUPPORT option Bat SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
Pick your Companies (as per the Battalion

type) and then add your support from the
support available for your Battalion Type.
(See chart at side)
A MAXIMUM of 6 support options is
allowed; 2-3 Company Support and 3-4
Battalion Support.
74

1–3 US INFANTRY COMPANY HQ
HEADQUARTERS SECTION 20 pts

(Captain) COMPANY HQ Up to 3 US Infantry Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add Signals Team to HQ +12 pts
 Add 2 M-151 Jeeps to HQ +25 pts
US Infantry Company HQ’s are rated as:

CONFIDENT TRAINED
2–3 INFANTRY PLATOONs

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ 2 Rifle Squads 135 points
3 Rifle Squads 150 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-151 Jeep to Platoon HQ +15 pts
 Add LAW-66 to each RIFLE TEAM of the
platoon +12 pts each team
 Upgrade M79 to M203 +15 points
 Add Transport Section +25 points
 Add Weapons Team +70 points
 Swap ALL RCL’s for M-60 teams for FREE
(StaffSgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (StaffSgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (StaffSgt) INFANTRY SQUAD
(E4) TRANSPORT SECTION
(Staff-Sergeant) WEAPON SQUAD
INFANTRY PLATOON
INFANTRY PLATOON
75

0-1 US INFANTRY WEAPONS COMPANY HQ

Up to 3 Platoons:
(Captain) COMPANY HQ SCOUT PLATOON 98 points
MORTAR PLATOON 98 points
ANTI-TANK PLATOON 105 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Signals Team to Company HQ +12 pts
 Add 2 M-151 Jeeps to Company HQ +25 pts
 Add .50 HMG toCoy & Platoon HQ Jeeps +8 pts ea
 Add Signals Team to Platoon HQ’s +12 pts ea
 Add M-151 Jeep to Platoon HQ’s +5 pts ea (max 2)
 Mount Forward Observer in M-151 Jeep +15 pts
 Add Jeeps to Mortar Platoon (max 5) +5 pts each

CONFIDENT TRAINED
(Lieutenant) SCOUT PLATOON HQ
(StaffSgt ) SCOUT SECTION (StaffSgt ) SCOUT SECTION
(Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON HQ
MORTAR SQUAD MORTAR SQUAD
(Lt) ANTI-TANK PLATOON HQ
(StaffSgt ) A/T SECTION (StaffSgt ) A/T SECTION
76

0–1 INFANTRY BATTALION ARTILLERY BATTERY
(Captain) BATTERY HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

1 105mm Artillery Battery 115 points
2 105mm Artillery Batteries 220 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 Command Vehicle to HQ +FREE points
 Add Staff & Fwd Observer Team’s +80 pts
 Mount FO in MD-500 helicopter +20 points
 Add M-151 Jeep to Staff & Observer Team +FREE
 Add M-60 LMG to Observer’s Jeep +2 points
 FO May be detached as ‘Independent Team’
 Battery can be deployed ‘Off Table’
(Lt) ARTILLERY BATTERY (Lt) ARTILLERY BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
77

0 –1 BATTLEFIELD SUPPORT MISSILE BATTERY

HQ SECTION WITH:
1 Honest John Missile Battery 350 points
(Captain) BATTERY HQ Add Sergeant Missile Battery +460 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 Command Vehicle to HQ + 10 pts
 Add Staff & Fwd Observer Team +80 pts
 Add M-151 Jeep to Staff & Observer Team + 20 pts
 Add M-60 LMG to M-151 +2 points
 Swap M-151 for M-557 +FREE
 Add .5kt Nuclear Payload +900 points each
 Add Chemical/Biologic Payload +160 points each
 Add Cluster Bomb/Minefield Payload to Honest
John Battery +60 points
(Lt) HONEST JOHN ROCKET BTRY (Lt) SERGEANT ROCKET BATTERY

Staff & Observer Team
Deployed Sergeant Missile Launcher, in

service between 1962 and 1979
78

0–1 INFANTRY BATTALION NBC PLATOON
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

2 NBC Recon Squads 50 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-151 Jeep to Platoon HQ +5 points
 Add M-60 LMG to Jeep +5 points
 Add Decontamination Team +35 points
(E6) NBC RECON SQUAD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (E4) DECON TEAM
0–1 INFANTRY BATTALION MEDICAL PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ 2 Ambulance Sections 58 points
3 Ambulance Sections 95 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-35 Hospital Truck to HQ +15 pts
 Swap ALL jeeps for UH-1D, +20 points (3x
UH-1D Medevac helicopters)
(Sgt) AMBULANCE SQD (Sgt) AMBULANCE SQD (Sgt) AMBULANCE SQD
79

0–1 INFANTRY BATTALION ANTI-AIRCRAFT PLATOON
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ
HQ SECTION WITH:
2 Anti-Aircraft Squads 198 points
OPTIONS:
 Add AA MG to Jeeps +4 points each
 Swap Vulcan AA Squad for M-42 Duster +15
pts each squad –maximum 2 squads
 Add Air-Search Radar Section +60 points
 Can be deployed ‘Off Table’
(StaffSgt) CHAPARRAL AA SQUAD (StaffSgt) VULCAN AA (Sgt) RADAR SECTION
(StaffSgt) CHAPARRAL AA SQUAD (StaffSgt) VULCAN AA
You may swap your Vulcan

AA squad for a squad of two
(2) M-42 ‘Duster’ –however
you cannot have a mix of M-
42’s and Vulcans in the
same platoon –you either
swap ALL your Vulcans or
NONE!
80

1–3 US MECHANISED COMPANY HQ
Up to 3 Mechanised Infantry Platoons

(Captain) COMPANY HQ
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 to HQ +20 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED
2–3 MECHANISED PLATOONs

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) MECHANISED PLATOON HQ
OPTIONS:
 Add M-113 to Platoon HQ +15 pts
 Add HMG’s to M-113 +5 points each
 Add M-60 LMG to G/L Team +20 pts each*
 Add 2xM-60 to each M-113 making them
ACAV’s +12 points each M-113 to a max
of 5xM-113
 Add Weapons Squad +70 points
(StaffSgt) INFANTRY (StaffSgt) INFANTRY (StaffSgt) INFANTRY

SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD
MECHANISED PLATOON (StaffSgt) WEAPONS SQUAD

*IF the option is taken to
add an M-60 LMG to each
MECHANISED PLATOON G/L squad (total +60 pts);
then you CANNOT take
the Weapons Squad –as
the LMG’s have been
WEAPONS PLATOON
issued to the Rifle
Squads and the RCL has
been swapped for an M-
MEDICAL PLATOON 60 LMG
81

1-3 MECHANISED INFANTRY WEAPONS PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON HQ 4 M-125 Mortars 150 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-113 to Platoon HQ +5 points
 Add MG’s to HQ M-113 +5 points
 Add M-40 Recoiless Rifle Squad +65 points
 Swap ALL M-125’s for M-106 4.2” mortars
+45 points (for four M-106’s)
 An M-106 battery can be held ‘Off Table’
(Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) RECOILESS SQD
(Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD
0–1 MECHANISED INFANTRY MEDICAL PLATOON
(Lieutenant) MEDIC PLATOON HQ

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add M-35 Hospital Truck to HQ +15 points
 Add HMG to M-113’s +8 points each
 Swap ALL M-113 for UH-1D +15 points each
(maximum 3xUH-1D)
 Ambulance Squads are Independent Teams
82

0–1 ARTILLERY COMPANY

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 Battery 2 Batteries 3 Batteries
105mm 60 pts 120 pts 185 pts
155mm 95 pts 190 pts 260 pts
M-109 SPG 145 pts 285 pts 435 pts
US Artillery Companies DO NOT Mix Battery Types
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 Command Vehicle to HQ +FREE pts
 Add Staff & Observer Team +80 pts
 Mount Observer in MD-500 helicopter +20 points
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Add M-151 Jeep to Staff & Observer Team +5 pts
 Add M-60 LMG to M-151 +FREE
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Add Firecracker Ammo +70 points
 Add Beehive Ammo +25 points
 Add Chemical shells to SPG’s +100 points
 FO may be detached as ‘Independent Team’
 ALL Artillery may be deployed ‘Off Table’
(Lt) 105 or 155mm ARTY BATTERY (Lt) M-109 SPG ARTY BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
US M-109a1 Battery unloads onto

incomming Soviet T-54/55's from the
8th Guards Army -West Germany 1961
83

0–1 HEAVY ARTILLERY COMPANY

HQ SECTION WITH:
M110 8” 225 pts 425 pts 625 pts
M107 175mm 230 pts 435 pts 635 pts
M110a1 8” 235 pts 450 pts 650 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add M-60 LMG to M-151 +FREE
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Ammo +70 points
 Add .5kt Nuclear shells to M110a1 +900 pts each
 Add Minelet shells to M-110 and M-107 +FREE
 Add Willie Pete ammo to M-110 and M-107 +50 pts
 Add Artillery Tractors to Batteries +20 pts each
(Lt) M-110 8” SPG BATTERY (Lt) M-107 175mm SPG BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
(Lt) M-110a1 8” SPG BATTERY
84

0–1 NBC PLATOON
(Lieutenant) NBC PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

OPTIONS:
 Add HMG’s to each M-113 +5 points each
 Add Decontamination Team +40 points
(Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (Sgt) DECON TEAM
0–1 ARMOURED PLATOON

2 M-48a2 Tanks 365 points
OPTIONS:
 Add additional M-48a2 at a cost of +68
points each (maximum 2 allowed)
 Upgrade ALL M-48a2 to a3 status +10 pts
each tank (max 5)
 Add Cupola HMG +5pts each tank
 Add Loaders Hatch AA HMG +5 pts each
(StaffSgt) ARMOURED SQUAD (Sgt) ARMOURED SQUAD
85

0–1 VULCAN ANTI-AIRCRAFT PLATOON
(Lieutenant) AA PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

OPTIONS:
 Add Signals to Platoon HQ Team +10 points
 Add MG’s to M-113 at +5 points each
(StaffSgt) VULCAN AA SQD (StaffSgt) VULCAN AA SQD (StaffSgt) VULCAN AA SQD
(Sgt) RADAR SECTION

(StaffSgt) VULCAN AA SQD
Combat Infantrymans Badge -2nd Award
86

UNITED STATES ARMY ARMOURED BATTALION

1960 to 1970

ARMOURED BATTALION must contain
 Armour  NBC Platoon
 Weapons Company US Armoured Unitsare rated as
CONFIDENT TRAINED
US ARMY ARMOURED HEADQUARTERS
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts
OPTION:
 Add Forward Observer +45 pts
 Mount FO in Jeep +10 pts
 Add .50 HMG to Jeep +10 pts
 Add HQ Tank Section +215 pts
 Add Recovery M-728 +48 points
ARMOURED COMPANY
ARMOURED COMPANY (Captain) BATTALION HQ TANK SECTION
ARMOURED COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
Pick you Companies as per the Battalion Type.

You may choose up to 2-4 Company Support
options and 2-4 Battalion Support options up to
a total of six support options
US Armoured Formations Patch
87

1–3 US ARMOUR COMPANY HQ

Up to 3 US Armoured Platoons
OPTIONS
 Fit Cupola MG to HQ Tanks +5 points
each
 Fit HMG’s to Cupolas of HQ Tanks +10
points each
 Add Recovery Platoon +60 points
US Armour Company HQ’s are rated as:
CONFIDENT TRAINED
2–3 ARMOUR PLATOONs
HQ SECTION WITH:
2 Armoured Squads 360 points
OPTIONS:
 Add additional M-48a1’s to each squad, +65
 Fit loaders hatch with MG’s +5 points each
 OR Fit loaders hatch with HMG +10 pts each
(Lieutenant) RECOVERY PLATOON
ARMOUR PLATOON US M48A3 Main Battle Tank
ARMOUR PLATOON
88

0 – 1 ARMOURED SCOUT (Cavalry) PLATOON

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) SCOUT PLATOON HQ 2 Armoured Scout Squads 130 points
3 Armoured Scout Squads 185 points
OPTIONS:
 Add two MG’s to HQ M-113’s at +8 pts ea
 Add two MG’s to each M-113 +8pts each
 Replace HMG for an M106 RCL on one M-113
per Scout Squad +20 points each
 Add Armour Squad +200 points
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) ARMOUR SQD
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) WEAPONS SQUAD
0–1 ARMOURED BATTALION NBC PLATOON

The Armoured Battalions NBC Reconnaissance Platoon is identically
organised as an Infantry Battalions NBC Recon Platoon, see page 79
0–1 ARMOURED BATTALIONS MEDICAL PLT

The Armoured Battalions Medical Platoon is identically organised as a
Mechanised Infantry Medical Platoon, see page 79
89

0–1 ANTI-AIRCRAFT PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Swap Vulcan AA Squad for M-42 Duster +50
pts each squad –maximum 2 squads
(StaffSgt) CHAPARRAL SQUAD (StaffSgt) VULCAN AA

(Sgt) RADAR SECTION
(Sgt) VULCAN AA
(Sgt) CHAPARRAL SQUAD
IF you swap any of your Vulcan AA Squads for M-42

‘Dusters’ you must swap all of your Vulcan AA suads –
you cannot have a mixed Vulcan/Duster Platoon
90

0–1 RECOVERY PLATOON
(Lieutenant) RECOVERY PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

1 Recovery Section 55 points
2 Recovery Sections 68 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Fuel re-Supply Section +35 points
(StaffSgt) RECOVERY (Sgt) RECOVERY (Sgt) FUEL SECTION

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 SP Artillery Battery 250 points
2 SP Artillery Batteries 485 points
OPTIONS:
 Mount Observer in MD-500 helicopter +10 pts
 Add M-557 & Jeep to Staff & ObsTeam for FREE
 Add Firecracker ammunition +50 pts per gun
 Add Beehive ammunition +25 points per gun
 Fo may be detached as ‘Independent Team’
 May be deployed ‘Off Table’
91

UNITED STATES ARMY AIRMOBILE BATTALION

1960 to 1970

AIRMOBILE BATTALION must contain
 A Battalion HQ  Air Artillery
 3 Companies *May be mixed if a  Medical Platoon (Identical to Coy’s)
combined operation  Aero-Scout Platoon’s
 Reconnaissance Platoon’s
COMPANIES available to a BATTALION
 Airmobile Infantry Company
 Aero-Weapons Company MOTIVATION AND SKILL
 Medical Platoon US Infantry are rated as
CONFIDENT VETERAN
US ARMY AIRMOBILE HEADQUARTERS

1 BATTALION HQ
HEADQUARTERS (Major/Colonel) BATTALION HQ

BATTALION HQ 50 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Forward Observer +45 points
 Mount FO in UH-1D +5 points
 Add Medic Team +12 points
 Medic Team can be detached to one of the
Airmobile Companies (it does not count for
Platoon Morale Checks this way)
 Add Battalion Scout & Aero-Weapons Team
+160 points
AIRMOBILE COY
(Captain) SCOUT & AERO-WEAPONS TEAM
AIRMOBILE COY
AIRMOBILE COY
SUPPORT option Bat SUPPORT option
92

1–3 US AIR CAVALRY COMPANY HQ
(Captain) AIR CAVALRY COMPANY HQ HEADQUARTERS SECTION 15 pts
Up to 3 US Air Cavalry Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add UH-1D to HQ +12 pts

CONFIDENT VETERAN
2–3 AIR CAVALRY PLATOONs
(Lt) AIR CAV PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

OPTIONS:
 Add UH-1d to Platoon HQ +10 pts
(Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD
AIR CAV PLATOON
AIR CAV PLATOON
WEAPONS PLATOON
93

1-3 AERO-WEAPONS PLATOON

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) WEAPONS PLATOON HQ 1 Weapons Squads 100 points
2 Weapons Squads 200 points
OPTIONS:
 Add extra AH-1G Cobra’s at a cost of +95
points each (Maximum 2 allowed)
 Add AeroScout Team +140 points
(Sgt) AERO-WEAPON SQUAD (Sgt) AERO-WEAPON SQUAD (Sgt) AERO-SCOUT TEAM
At the beginning of the game you may combine your Aero-Scout Team with your
Aero-Weapons squads; creating two teams of AH-1G’s and MD-500’s; if you have
opted for the extra gunships then they will pair up and form a single two ship team.
You can ignore such pairings for Company Morale Checks.
0–1 AERO-MEDICAL PLATOON

HQ SECTION WITH:
2 MEDEVAC Sections 78 points
3 MEDEVAC Sections 100 points
OPTIONS:
 Swap HQ MD-500 for UH-1D +6 points
94

0–1 AIR-ARTILLERY COMPANY
(Captain) COMPANY HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

1 Air-Artillery Platoons 400 points
OPTIONS:
Company HQ Signals/Observer Team  Mount Staff & Observer in UH-1D +10 points
 Swap ALL Cobra Gunships in one battery for
HMG Cobra’s for +60 points
 Swap 42 Tube Pods for 2x 48 Tube Pods
+12pts each Gunship (must be in pairs of
gunships –maximum 4 ships)
AH-1G Cobra Gunships may Remain

on Station (Not leave the tabletop
once deployed) and/or Daisy Chain
(come in one after the other onto the
target!) –see rules section! Page xx
The standard weapons fit for an AH-1G Cobra is:

 Chin Turret M134 Minigun
 Chin Turret M42 Grenade Launcher
 2x Rocket Launcher Pods with 42 tubes
 2x 4xTOW Anti-Tank Guided Weapons
’HMG’ AH-1G Cobras are armed as follows:

 Chin Turret M134 Minigun
 Chin Turret M42 Grenade Launcher
 2x M195 20mm Gatlin Gun Pods
 2x Rocket Launcher Pods with 42 tubes
95

1 – 3 AIRMOBILE SCOUT PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
(Captain) PLATOON HQ
2 Reconnaissance Squads 158 points
OPTIONS:
 Add LAW-66 to each RIFLE TEAM +12 points
each team
 Add Aero-Weapons AH-1G +98 points
(StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD (StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD (StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD (E6Sgt) AERO-WEAPONS
The Platoon HQ MD-500

may pair up with the Aero
Weapons Section (if taken)
to form a Pink-Team. In
that insance the Platoon
HQ will be performing
Scout duties for the Gun
ship and will find targets for
the Cobra to annihilate
1–3 RECONNAISSANCE PLATOON

1 Scout Squad 145 points
2 Scout Squads 250 points
OPTIONS:
 Add LMG doorgun to ea. MD500 +FREE
 Add M-129 Chin Grenade Launcher +20 pts ea
 Add M-157 Rocket pod (14 tubes) +22 pts each
 OR M-3 Rocket pod (48 tubes) +32 pts each
 Add M-134 Minigun pod +20 points each
(Lieutenant) SCOUT SQUAD (StaffSgt) SCOUT SQUAD
96

US AIR SUPPORT OPTIONS

1960 to 1970
AIR SUPPORT SECTION WITH:
AIR SUPPORT OPTIONS AVAILABLE:

 A1H Skyraider 150 points On Station
 F4 Phantom II 175 points On Station
 F5a Freedom Fighter II 135 points On Station
 B-52 Stratofortress 300 points On Station
A1H Skyraider WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 150 pts
 1 xM-164 Minigun (anti-Helicopter)

 EIGHT hard-points for:
 2 x AN-M64 230kg Bombs (1 doublewide template)
 2 x Lau-3 19x70mm Rocket Pods (2 templates)
 2 x BLU-32 Napalm Bombs (Napalm, see rules)
 OR +30 points replace any, or all, with 1 or more of:
 2 x M47 ‘Willie Pete’ WP bombs (1xdouble-width smoke
template)
 2 x SUU-14/a Cluster Bombs (double-width template)
 2 x SUU-11/a Minigun Pods (anti-Helicopter)
LIEUTENANT
F4 Phantom II WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 175 pts
 1 x Mk.12 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 NINE hard-points for:
 4 x AN-M64 230kg Bombs (2 doublewide templates)
 2 x Lau-3 19x70mm Rocket Pods (one shot weapon)
 2 x Suu-14/a Cluster Bombs (one shot weapon)
 OR +30 points and replace any or all with 1 or more of:
 2 x Blu-32 Napalm (Napalm; special template)
 Replace AN-M64 230kg Bombs with:
 2 x Suu-14/a Cluster Bombs and 2 x Lau-3 19x70mm RP
 OR with 4 AGM-63 Maverick Guided Bombs (Brutal;
Guided Missile, HEAT warhead)
LIEUTENANT 
F5 Tiger II (Freedom Fighter) WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 135 pts
 2 x M-39a2 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 2 x AIM-9L Sidewinder Guided AA Missiles (AA Missile)
 FIVE hard-points for:
 2 x AN-M64 230kg Bombs (one shot weapon)
 1 x AGM-63 Maverick Guided Bomb (Brutal, Guided
Missile, HEAT warhead)
 OR +30 Points and replace any or all with 1 or more of:
 2 x AGM-63 Maverick Guided Bombs
 OR 2 x Blu-32 Napalm (Napalm (special template) OR
 2 x AN-M64 230 kg Bombs (1 doublewide template)
LIEUTENANT
97

B-52 Stratofortress WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 300 pts
 1 x Tail Twin-m61A2 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 INTERNAL bomb bay with:
 30 x AN-M64 230kg bombs (8 doublewide templates
OR 14 templates)
 EXTERNAL stores with:
 24 x AN-M64 230kg Bombs (6 doublewide templates
OR 12 templates)
 OR replace ALL internal storage with:
 12 x 1,000kg bombs (6 doublewide templates) +20 pts
 4 x 1kt. Mk.7 Nuclear (freefall) Bombs +800 points OR
 4 x .5 kt. Mk.7 Nuclear (freefall) Bombs +600 points
 (Nuclear, see rules)
CAPTAIN
98

99


1970 to 1980

CONFIDENT TRAINED

1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 45 pts
OPTION:
HQ Jeep (Sgt) HQ Squad Medical
Team
INFANTRY COMPANY
INFANTRY COMPANY
SUPPORT option

(See chart at side)
Battalion Support.
100


Up to 3 US Infantry Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add 2 M-151 Jeeps to HQ +10 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add M-151 Jeep to Platoon HQ +5 pts
 Add LAW-66 to each LMG TEAM of the
 Upgrade M79 to M203 +15 points
 Add Transport Section +28 points
 Add M-151 Jeep to Weapons Squad +10 pts
(E4) TRANSPORT SECTION
(Sgt) WEAPON SQUAD
INFANTRY PLATOON
INFANTRY PLATOON
101


(Captain) COMPANY HQ Up to 3 Platoons:
SCOUT PLATOON 98 points
OPTIONS:
 Add 2 M-151 Jeeps to Company HQ +10 pts
 Add .50 HMG to Coy & Platoon HQ Jeeps +12 pts ea
 Add M-151 Jeep to Platoon HQ’s +5 pts each
 Add Forward Observer to Mortar Coy +30 points
 Mount Forward Observer in M-151 Jeep +5 pts
 Swap M-60 LMG in Scout Jeeps for .50 HMG +FREE

CONFIDENT TRAINED
(Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON HQ
MORTAR SQUAD MORTAR SQUAD
(StaffSgt ) TOW A/T SECTION (StaffSgt ) TOW A/T SECTION
102

A US Infantry Artillery Battalion Battery is IDENTICAL to

A US Army Infantry Artillery Battalion Battery of 1960-1970 (page 77)

A US Infantry NBC Platoon is IDENTICAL to
A US Army Infantry NBC Platoon of 1960-1970 (page 79)
A US Infantry Medical Platoon is IDENTICAL to

A US Army Infantry Medical Platoon of 1960-1970 (page 79)

OPTIONS:
 Swap AA MG for .50 HMG +2 pts each
103


HQ SECTION WITH:
1 Lance Missile Battery 350 points
(Captain) BATTERY HQ Add Sergeant Missile Battery +450 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 to Staff Team & Observer’s +20 pts
 Firing HE, Smoke or Minelets +FREE
 Add .5kt Nuclear Payload +700 points each
 Add .1kt Nuclear Payload to Lance +900 points
(Lt) LANCE ROCKET BTRY (Lt) SERGEANT ROCKET BATTERY

US Army Expert Weapons

Qualification Badge –a
maximum of 3 bars may be
added such as PISTOL or
AUTORIFLE
0–1 VULCAN ANTI-AIRCRAFT PLATOON

A US Army Infantry Vulcan AA Platoon is IDENTICAL to
A US Army Infantry Vulcan AA Platoon of 1960-1970 (page 86)
104


OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 to HQ +5 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add M-113 ACAV to Platoon HQ +10 pts
 Swap M-113 ACAV for Bradley +15pts ea
 Add LAW-66 to each M203 TEAM of the
platoon +12 pts each team (inc. HQ M203
Teams)

SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD
(StaffSgt) WEAPONS SQUAD
MECHANISED PLATOON
MECHANISED PLATOON
Machinegun (M60 or SAW)

Qualification BAR TO Be
WEAPONS PLATOON worn with Marksmanship
Badge
MEDICAL PLATOON
105

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON HQ 3 M-125 Mortars 125 points
OPTIONS:
 Add MG’s to HQ M-113 +5 points
 Swap all M-125’s for 4.5” Mortars +50 pts
 Add Anti-TankSquad +110 points
(Sgt) ANTI-TANK SQD
(Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD
0–1 INFANTRY MEDICAL PLATOON
A US Army Infantry Medical Platoon is IDENTICAL to

0–1 NBC PLATOON

A US Army Infantry NBC Platoon is IDENTICAL to

HQ SECTION WITH:
2 M-60a2 Tanks 280 points

OPTIONS:
 Add additional M-60a2 at a cost of +96
 Add Cupola HMG +10 pts each Tank
(StaffSgt) ARMOURED SQUAD (StaffSgt) ARMOURED SQUAD
106


HQ SECTION WITH:
1 Battery 2 Batteries 3 Batteries
105mm 60 pts 120 pts 185 pts
155mm 95 pts 190 pts 260 pts
M-109 SPG 145 pts 285 pts 435 pts
OPTIONS:
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Add Staff & Observer Team +70 pts
 Add M-151 Jeeps to Staff & Observer Team +5 pts
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Add Firecracker Ammo +70 points
(Lt) 105/155mm ARTY BATTERY (Lt) M-109 SPG ARTY BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
(Lieutenant) USAF GROUND LAUNCHED CRUISE MISSILE BATTERY
OPTIONS (Continued):
 Add USAF GLCM Missile
Battery +450 points
 Firing HE, Smoke or
Minelets +FREE
 Add Chemical/Biological
payload to GLCM Battery
+150 points EACH
 Add .5kt Nuclear Payload
+800 points each
 Add 1kt Nuclear Payload to
GLCM Battery +1000 pts ea.
107


HQ SECTION WITH:
M110a1 8” 235 Pts 450 Pts 650 Pts
M107 175mm 230 Pts 435 Pts 635 Pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Firecracker Ammo +70 points
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Add Beehive Ammo +25 points
 Add Artillery Tractors to Battery +20 pts each
(Lt) M-110a1 8” SPG BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
(Lt) M-107 175mm SPG BATTERY
108


1970 to 1980

CONFIDENT TRAINED
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts
OPTION:
 Mount FO in Jeep +5 pts
 Add M60a1 Tank Section +190 pts
ARMOURED COMPANY
(Captain) BATTALION HQ TANK SECTION

ARMOURED COMPANY
ARMOURED COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option

You may choose up to 2 Company Support
options and 2-6 Battalion Support options.
109


OPTIONS
 Fit Cupola MG to HQ Tanks +5 points
each
 Fit HMG’s to Cupolas of HQ Tanks +10
points each
CONFIDENT TRAINED
HQ SECTION WITH:
2 Armoured Squads 288 points
OPTIONS:
 Add additional M-60a1’s to each squad, +60
 Fit loaders hatch with LMG’s +5 points each
 OR Fit loaders hatch with HMG +10 pts each
(StaffSgt) ARMOURED SQUAD (StaffSgt) ARMOURED SQUAD
ARMOUR PLATOON
ARMOUR PLATOON
110


HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add two MG’s to HQ M-113’s at +8 pts ea
 Swap M-981 FIST APC for M2 Bradley +20
points each (Max 5)
 Add M981a1 FIST to weapons squad +20 pts
 Swap all M-551’s for M60a2 +120 points
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) ARMOUR SQD
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) WEAPONS SQUAD

The Armoured Battalions Platoon is identically organised as an Infantry
Battalions NBC Recon Platoon, see page 103


The Armoured Battalions Artillery Company is identically organised as a
Mechanised Infantry Artillery Company, see page 107
111

0–1 NBC RECONNAISANCE PLATOON

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Fuchs to Platoon HQ +22 points
 Add Decontamination Team +40 pts
(E6Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (E6Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD (E6Sgt) NBC RECON SQUAD
(Sgt) NBC DECONTAMINATION TEAM

OPTIONS:
(StaffSgt) RECOVERY (Sgt) RECOVERY (Sgt) FUEL SECTION
112


1970 to 1980
The Airmobile Battalion is identically organised as an Airborne

Battalion 1960-1970; see page 92
The Airmobile HQ is identically organised as an Airborne

HQ of 1960-1970; see page 93
The Air Cavalry Company HQ is identically organised as an Air Cavalry

Company HQ of 1960-1970; see page 93

The Air Cavalry Platoons are identically organised as Air Cavalry
Platoons of 1960-1970; see page 93

The Aero-Weapons Platoons are identically organised as Aero-Weapons

The Aero-Medical Patoons are identically organised as Aero-Medical

The Air Artillery Company is identically organised as an Air Artillery
Companyof 1960-1970; see page 95
The Air-Mobile Scout Patoons are identically organised as Air-Mobile

Scout Platoons of 1960-1970; see page 96
113


1960 to 1970

 OV-10 Bronco 135 points On Station
 A4E Skyhawk 170 points On Station
 F4e Phantom II 175 points On Station
 A7E Corsair 200 Points On Station
 A-10 Warthog 220 Points On Station
 F15 Eagle 210 Points On Station
 F-14 Tomcat 240 Points On Station Headquarters of the Air
 B-52 Stratofortress 300 points On Station Force Badge
OV-10 Bronco WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 135 pts
 2xM-60a1 7.62mm Machineguns

 FIVE HARDPOINTS FOR:
 2xSUU-14/a Cluster Bombs (one shot weapon)
 2xLAU-3 Rocket Pods (one shot weapon)
 OR +30 points replace any or all with:
 2xM47 ‘Willie Pete’ WP Bombs (1xdouble-width
smoke template)
 OR 4xSUU-14/a Cluster Bombs (2 templates)
 OR 4xLAU-3 Rocket Pods (double width template OR
2xTemplates)
 +30 points make Observer for Artillery & Air units
LIEUTENANT
A4e Skyhawk WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 170 pts

template)
LIEUTENANT
F4 Phantom II WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 175 pts
 1 x Mk.12 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 4 x AN-M64 230kg Bombs (2 doublewide templates)
 2 x Suu-14/a Cluster Bombs (one shot weapon)
 OR +30 points and replace any or all with 1 or more of:
 2 x Blu-32 Napalm (Napalm; special template)
 Replace AN-M64 230kg Bombs with:
 2 x Suu-14/a Cluster Bombs and 2 x Lau-3 19x70mm RP
 OR with 4 AGM-63 Maverick Guided Bombs (Brutal;
LIEUTENANT 
114

A7e Corsair WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 200 pts
 M-16a1 20mm Cannon (anti Helicopter)

 2xAIM-9L Sidewinder Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
 EIGHT hard points for:
 4xAGM-63 Maverick Missiles (Brutal, Guided Missile,
HEAT warhead)
 4xAN-M64 230kg Bombs (doublewide template or 2
templates)
 OR +30 points replace 2 Mavericks OR Bombs with:
LIEUTENANT
F-14 Tomcat WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 240 pts
 M61a1 20mm Cannon (anti Helicopter)

 TEN hard points for:
 4xAIM-54 Phoenix Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
 OR +30 points and replace all or some with:
 2x additional AIM-9L Sidewinders OR
 2x additional AIM-54 Phoenix missiles
LIEUTENANT
A-10 Warthog WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 220 pts
 GAU-8/a 30mm Cannon (anti Helicopter, DU)

 SEVEN hard points for:
 2xAGM-63 Maverick Guided Bomb (Brutal, Guided
 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs (doublewide template)
 2xLGB 1,000kg Pave way Bombs(brutal, Guided Bomb)
 OR 4xAGM-63 Mavericks & 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs
 OR 2xAGM-63 Mavericks & 4xCBU-52 Custer Bombs
 OR 4xAGM-63 Mavericks & 2Xlgb Pave Way
LIEUTENANT
F-15 Eagle WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 210 pts

 6xAN-M64 230kg Bombs (2 Double wide or 3 templates)
 2xAGM-63 Maverick Missile (Brutal, Guided Missile,
HEAT warhead)
 OR +30 points replace with:
 4xAN-M64 230kg Bombs (1 double wide template)
HEAT Warhead)
LIEUTENANT
115

 1 x Tail m61A2 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

OR 12 templates)
 6 x AGM-69 SRAM Missiles (Brutal; Guided Missile,
HEAT warhead)
 Make Chemical or Biological warheads +100 points
 OR replace with .5 kt. Nuclear +600 points (Nuclear,
see rules)
 OR +30 points replace ALL AN-M64 with 24xCBU-52
Cluster Bombs (8xdoublewide templates)
OR 12 templates)
 6 x AGM-69 SRAM Missiles (see above)
 Make Chemical or Biological warheads +100 points
 OR replace with .5kt Nuclear +600 points (Nuclear,
see rules)
 OR +30 points, replace ALL AN-M64 with 24xCBU-52
Cluster Bombs (8 x doublewide templates)
 OR +40 points replace ALL AN-M64 with 12xBLU-52
Napalm Bombs (Napalm, special template)
CAPTAIN
116

117


1980 to 1990

CONFIDENT TRAINED

1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 45 pts
OPTION:
HQ Jeep (MasterSgt) HQ Squad Medical
Team
INFANTRY COMPANY
INFANTRY COMPANY
SUPPORT option
(See chart at side)
Battalion Support.
118


Up to 3 US Infantry Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add 2 Humvee to HQ +22 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Humvee to Platoon HQ +15 pts
 Add Medic to Platoon HQ +12 points
 Add M136AT4 to each M203 Team +12 points each team
 Add Transport Section to each squad +28 points each
 Swap .50 for Mk.19 on each Humvee +2 points each
 Swap Weapons Squad for 2 Humvee with TOW +20 pts
INFANTRY PLATOON
(Sergeant) WEAPON SQUAD

INFANTRY PLATOON
119


(Captain) COMPANY HQ Up to 3 Platoons:
SCOUT PLATOON 98 points
OPTIONS:
 Add 2 Humvee to Company HQ +20 pts
 Swap .50 for Mk.19 on Humvee +2 pts each
 Add Forward Observer to Mortar Coy +20 points
 Mount Forward Observer in own Humvee +18 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED
(Lt) MORTAR PLT HQ
MORTAR SQUAD MORTAR SQUAD MORTAR SQUAD MORTAR SQUAD
(E6) TOW A/T (E6) TOW A/T
120

A US Infantry Artillery Battalion Battery is IDENTICAL to

A US Army Infantry Artillery Battalion Battery of 1960-1970 (page 77)

A US Infantry Battalion NBC Platoon is IDENTICAL to
A US Army NBC Reconnaissance Platoon of 1970-1980 (page 103)
HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Humvee to Platoon HQ +10 points
 Swap .50 for Mk.19 +2 points each Humvee
121

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add M-35 Hospital Truck to HQ +15
points
 Swap ALL Humvee for UH-1D, +20 points
(3x UH-1D Medevac helicopters)
122


HQ SECTION WITH:
1 Lance Missile Battery 350 points
(Captain) BATTERY HQ Add MRLS Missile Battery +245 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 to Staff Team & Observer’s +5 pts
 Firing HE, Smoke or Minelets +FREE
 Add .1kt Nuclear Payload to Lance +900 points
(Lt) LANCE ROCKET BTRY (Lt) MRLS ROCKET BATTERY

123


OPTIONS:
 Add Bradley MCV to HQ +20 pts

CONFIDENT TRAINED

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Bradley MCV to Platoon HQ +10 pts
 Add M136AT4 to each Squad HQ Team of the
platoon +12 pts each
 Add Bradley MCV to weapons squad +20 pts
 Swap ALL Bradley MCV for M-113 +FREE

SQUAD SQUAD SQUAD
(StaffSgt) WEAPONS SQUAD

MECHANISED PLATOON
MECHANISED PLATOON
WEAPONS PLATOON
MEDICAL PLATOON
124

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON HQ 2-M125 Mortars 85 points
3 M-125 Mortars 125 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Cupola HMG to M-113 +10 points
 Add LMG’s to HQ M-113 +5 points
 Swap 81mm For M-106 4.5” Mortars +45pts
(Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD (Sgt) MORTAR SQD
0–1 INFANTRY MEDICAL PLATOON
A US Army Mechanised Infantry Medical Platoon is IDENTICAL to

0–1 NBC PLATOON

A US Army Mechanisefd Infantry NBC Platoon is IDENTICAL to

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ 2 Armoured Squads 475 points
OPTIONS:
 Add additional M1a1 at a cost of +145 pts
 Swap ALL M1a1 for M60a3 at -18 pts each
 Add Beehive ammunition +FREE
 Add loaders LMG +5 points each
125


HQ SECTION WITH:
105mm 60 pts 120 pts 185 pts
155mm 95 pts 190 pts 260 pts
M-109 SPG 145 pts 285 pts 435 pts
M-108 SPG 125 pts 255 pts 400 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 Command Vehicle to HQ +FREE
ARTILLERY BATTERY  Mount Observer in MD-500 helicopter +10 points
 Add Humvee to Staff & Observer Team +20 pts
(Lt) 105/155mm ARTY BATTERY (Lt) M-109 SPG ARTY BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
(Lieutenant) USAF GROUND LAUNCHED CRUISE MISSILE BATTERY
OPTIONS (Continued):
 Add USAF GLCM Missile
Battery +450 points
 Firing HE, Smoke or
Minelets +FREE
 Add Chemical/Biological
payload to GLCM Battery
+150 points EACH
 Add .5kt Nuclear Payload
+800 points each
 Add 1kt Nuclear Payload to
GLCM Battery +1200 pts ea.
126


HQ SECTION WITH:
M110a2 8” 235 Pts 450 Pts 650 Pts
M107 8” 230 Pts 435 Pts 635 Pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Artillery Tractors to Battery +20 pts each
(Lt) M-110a2 8” SPG BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
(Lt) M-107 175mm SPG BATTERY
127


1980 to 1990

CONFIDENT TRAINED
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts
OPTION:
 Mount FO in Humvee +10 pts
 Add M1a1 Tank Section +290 pts
ARMOURED COMPANY
(Captain) BATTALION HQ TANK SECTION

ARMOURED COMPANY
ARMOURED COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option

You may choose up to 2 Company Support
options and 2-6 Battalion Support options.
128


OPTIONS
 Fit Cupola & Loaders HMG to HQ Tanks +10
points each
 Swap ALL M1a1 for M1a2 +8 points each
 Swap ALL M1a1 for M60a3 -10 points each
 Add Beehive (+FREE) & Sabbot Ammo (+15 pts)
CONFIDENT TRAINED

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ 2 Armoured Squads 450 points
OPTIONS:
 Add additional M1a1’s to each squad, +150 pts each
(maximum 2 allowed)
 Fit Cupola & Loaders HMG’s +10 points each
 Swap ALL M1a1 for M1a2 +8 points each
 Swap ALL M1a1 for M60a3 -8 points each
 Add Sabbot’s +15 points
ARMOUR PLATOON
ARMOUR PLATOON
129


HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Swap M47 for TOW +FREE
 Add Cupola & Loaders HMG’s +10 points
 Add Sabbot’s ammunition +15 points
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD

(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) ARMOUR SQD
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (E6Sgt)Weapons SQUAD
0–1 ARMOURED BATTALION NBC PLATOON

The Armoured Battalions NBC Reconnaissance Platoon is identically
organised as an Infantry Battalions NBC Recon Platoon, see page 112


The Armoured Battalions AA Platoon is identically organised as a
Mechanised Infantry AA Platoon, see page 111
130


OPTIONS:
(StaffSgt) RECOVERY (Sgt) Light RECOVERY (Sgt) FUEL SECTION

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 Artillery Battery 300 points
2 Artillery Batteries 525 points
OPTIONS:
 Add M-557 Command Vehicle to HQ +5 pts
 Mount Observer in MD-500 helicopter +10 pts
 Add Humvee to Staff & Observer Team + FREE
 Fo may be detached as ‘Independent Team’
 May be deployed ‘Off Table’
131


1980 to 1990

AIRMOBILE BATTALION must contain
 A Battalion HQ  Air Artillery
 3 Companies *May be mixed if a  Medical Platoon (Identical to Coy’s)
combined operation  Aero-Scout Platoon’s
 Reconnaissance Platoon’s
COMPANIES available to a BATTALION
 Airmobile Infantry Company
 Aero-Weapons Company MOTIVATION AND SKILL
 Medical Platoon US Infantry are rated as
CONFIDENT VETERAN
1 BATTALION HQ
HEADQUARTERS (Major/Colonel) BATTALION HQ

BATTALION HQ 50 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Forward Observer +45 points
 Mount FO in UH-60 +12 points
 Add Medic Team +12 points
 Medic Team can be detached to one of the
Airmobile Companies (it does not count for
Platoon Morale Checks this way)
 Add Battalion Scout & Aero-Weapons Team
+185 points
AIRMOBILE COY
(Captain) SCOUT & AERO-WEAPONS TEAM
AIRMOBILE COY
AIRMOBILE COY
Bat SUPPORT option

Coy SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option Bat SUPPORT option
132

(Captain) AIR CAVALRY COMPANY HQ HEADQUARTERS SECTION 15 pts
Up to 3 US Air Cavalry Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add OH-58 Kiowa to HQ +10 pts

CONFIDENT VETERAN

HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lt) AIR CAV PLATOON HQ 3 Rifle Squads 250 points
OPTIONS:
 Add UH-60 to Platoon HQ +10 pts
 Add LAW-66 to each TEAM of the
platoon +12 pts each team (max 12)
 Add M-47 Dragon ATGW to each Squad
+28 points each (max 3)
(Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD
AIR CAV PLATOON
AIR CAV PLATOON
WEAPONS PLATOON
133


HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) WEAPONS PLATOON HQ 1 Weapons Squads 120 points
2 Weapons Squads 240 points
OPTIONS:
 Add extra AH-64 Apache’s at a cost of +120 points
each (Maximum 2 allowed)
 Add AeroScout Team +145 points
 Swap AH-64 for AH-1G Cobras -20 points each
(max imum 4)
(Sgt) AERO-WEAPON SQUAD (Sgt) AERO-WEAPON SQUAD (Sgt) AERO-SCOUT TEAM
At the beginning of the game you may combine your Aero-Scout Team with your Aero-
Weapons squads; creating two teams of two (if you opted for the extra AH-64) AH-64’s and
one OH-58 Longbow GSR. You can ignore such pairings for Company Morale Checks.
HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Swap HQ OH-58 Kiowa for UH-60 +6 points
 Swap UH-60 for UH-1D -10 pts each (max 4)
134

(Captain) COMPANY HQ HQ SECTION WITH:

OPTIONS:
 Swap HQ MD-500 for 1xUH-60 +FREE
Company HQ Signals/Observer Team  Mount Staff & Observer in UH-60 +FREE
 Add OH-58 Longbow GSR to Staff & Observers +25 pts
 Swap OH-58 Longbow GSR for EC-2 Hawkeye +50 pts
 Swap AH-64 Apache for AH-1G Cobra -10 points each
(max 8) –cannot mix batteries! All of the battery must be
either AH-64 or AH-1G
Ah-64 Apaches are usually armed with: Ah-64 Apaches can remain On Station
 Chin Turret M-230 30mm Chain gun (remaining on table) and/or Daisy Chaining-
 2x CRV-70 42 tubes see rules on page xx
 2x 4x Hellfire Missiles
135


HQ SECTION WITH:
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HQ 2 Reconnaissance Squads 130 points
OPTIONS:
 Add AT4 to each M203/LMG Team +12 pts ea team
 Add LMG to each door of Transport MD-500 +5 points each
MD-500 (maximum 5xMD-500)
 Add Aero-Weapons MD-500’s +120 points
 Add Chin Turret M79 G/L to Aero-Weapons MD500’s +30 pts
 Swap Aero-Weapons MD-500’s for 1xAH64g +10 pts
(StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD (StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD (StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD

(StaffSgt) RECON SQUAD
(StaffSgt) AERO-WEAPONS SQUAD MD-500 Gunship’s armed with:

1 x Minigun Pod
1 x 48 Tube Rocket Pods
OR
1 x Door Mounted M-60 LMG
4 x TOW ATGW
1–3 RECONNAISSANCE PLATOON

1 Scout Squad 75 points
2 Scout Squads 125 points
OPTIONS:
 Add LMG doorgun to ea. MD500 +FREE
 Add 14 or 48 Tube Rocket Pods to MD-500 +22
points each or 4XTOW ATGM +25 points
 Add Minigun to MD-500 +20 points each
 Upgrade door LMG to M164 Minigun +25 pts each
 Add Chin Turret M42 Grenade Launcher +15 points
each
(E6Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD (Sgt) SCOUT SQUAD
136


1980 to 1990

 OV-10 Bronco 135 points On Station
 A4E Skyhawk 170 points On Station
 A-10 Warthog 220 Points On Station
 F-16 Falcon 215 Points On Station
 F-18 Hornet 220 Points On Station
 F15 Eagle 210 Points On Station
 F-14 Tomcat 240 Points On Station
 B-52 Stratofortress 300 points On Station
OV-10 Bronco WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 135 pts
 M197 20mm Cannon (anti Helicopter)

 FIVE HARDPOINTS FOR:
 2xAIM-9L Sidewinder (Guided AA Missile)
 2xLAU-3 Rocket Pods (one shot weapon) OR
 2xM47 ‘Willie Pete’ WP Bombs (1xdouble-width
smoke template)
 +30 Points and make Observer for Artillery & Air units
LIEUTENANT
A4e Skyhawk WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 170 pts

template)
LIEUTENANT
A-10 Warthog WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 220 pts
 GAU-8/a 30mm Cannon (anti Helicopter, DU)

 2xAGM-63 Maverick Guided Bomb (Brutal, Guided
 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs (doublewide template)
 2xLGB 1,000kg Pave way Bombs(brutal, Guided Bomb)
 OR 4xAGM-63 Mavericks & 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs
 OR 2xAGM-63 Mavericks & 4xCBU-52 Custer Bombs
 OR 4xAGM-63 Mavericks & 2Xlgb Pave Way
LIEUTENANT
137

F-16 Fighting Falcon WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 215 pts

 NINE hard points for:
 2xMk.82 Snakeye Bombs (one shot weapon)
 4xLAU-3 19x70mm Rocket Pods (1 doublewide template
OR two templates)
 SUU-11/a Minigun Pod (anti helicopter)
 +30 points replace with:
 4xMk.82 Snakeye Bombs (doublewide template)
 3xAGM-63 Maverick Missiles (Brutal, Guided, HEAT
warhead)
LIEUTENANT
F-18 Hornet WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 220 pts

 NINE hard points for:
 5xAGM-63 Maverick Missiles (Brutal, Guided, HEAT
warhead)
 +30 points replace with:
 2xSUU14/a Cluster Bombs (one shot weapon)
 2xAIM-54 Phoenix Missile (Guided AA Missile)
 3xLGB Paveway (Guided Missile, HEAT warhead)
 2xBLU-52 Napalm Bomb (Napalm, special template)
LIEUTENANT
F-15 Eagle WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 210 pts

 6xAN-M64 230kg Bombs (2 Double wide or 3 templates)
HEAT warhead)
 4xAN-M64 230kg Bombs (1 double wide template)
HEAT Warhead)
LIEUTENANT
F-14 Tomcat Strike-Fighter WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 245 pts

 TEN hard points for:
 4xAGM-63 Maverick Missiles (Brutal, Guided Missile
and HEAT Warhead)
 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs (doublewide template one
shot weapon)
 4xAN-M64 23kg Bombs (two templates)
 OR replace 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs with 2xAN-M64
Bombs (2xdoublewide templates) +20 points
 OR replace 2xCBU-52 Cluster Bombs with 2xAGM-63
Maverick Missiles (Brutal, Guided Missile, HEAT
Warhead) +30 points
LIEUTENANT
138

139

 1 x Tail m61A2 20mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 +25 Points replace with:
OR 12 templates)
 8 x ALCM Cruise Missiles (Brutal; Guided Missile,
HEAT, Mine-let warheads)
 +80 points make Chemical or Bio warheads (4
templates)
 +800 Points Replace with 4 x 1kt. Nuclear Warheads
(Nuclear, see rules) OR
 +600 points replace with 4 x .5kt Nuclear warheads
(Nuclear, see rules)
OR 12 templates)
 12 x ALCM Cruise Missiles (see above)
 12 x ALCM Cruise Missiles (see above)
CAPTAIN
140

141

COLD WAR3! Rules for Modern Warfare 1960 to 1990
SOVIET ARMY (Motor Rifle) INFANTRY BATTALION
1960 to 1970
A FORCE BASED AROUND A SOVIET BATTALION SUPPORT AVAILABLE

ARMY BATTALION must contain  Mechanised Infantry
 A Battalion HQ  Artillery Company
 3 Companies *May be mixed if a  Armour Company
combined operation  Anti-Aircraft Platoon
 Medical Platoon
COMPANIES available to a BATTALION  Air Support
 Mechanised Infantry  NBC Reconnaissance Platoon
 Artillery
 Armour MOTIVATION AND SKILL
May be mixed but must be a ratio of 2:1 Soviet Infantry are rated as
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT/TRAINED
SOVIET ARMY BATTALION HEADQUARTERS
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts /60 Guards
OPTION:
 Add Observer Team +50 pts
 Add UAZ-469 Jeep +12 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
HQ Jeep (Sgt) HQ Squad Medical Team
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SERZHANT
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option Air Support: LIMITED +100 points

SPORADIC + 75 points
Soviet Motor Rifle Troops Are:

Pick your Companies (as per the Battalion type) and then
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT add your support from the support available for your
S Battalion Type. (See chart below)
GUARDS Units Are Rated: A MAXIMUM of 6 support options is allowed.
A maximum of 3 Coy Support Options, 5 Battalion Support
CONFIDENT TRAINED
Options and 8 Regimental Support Options are available to
Guards units Cost an additional choose from, so choose wisely!
points cost as specified in the lists
142

SOVIET (Generic) BATTALION Composition’s
AIR SUPPORT: 1960 – 1970

Mig-17 Fresco
Mig-21 Fencer
Su-24 Farmer
Tu-16 Badger
143

1–3 MOTOR RIFLE COMPANY H Q (T RACKED)
HEADQUARTERS SECTION 15 pts / 18 pts Guards

(Captain) COMPANY HQ Up to 3 Motor Rifle Platoons
OPTIONS:
 Add Signals to Command Team +15 points
 Add Commissar Team +15 Pts/FREE if Guards
 Add SAM Team to HQ +30 points
Soviet Infantry Company HQ’s are rated as:

CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS/TRAINED
KAPITAN
2–3 MOTOR RIFLE PLATOONs
(Lieutenant) PLATOON HEAD QUARTERS HQ SECTION WITH: Regular Guards

2 Rifle Squads 165 pts 180 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Signals Team to HQ +15 points
 Add Dshk AATeam to Platoon HQ +30 points
 Add Mortar Platoon + 65 points
 Add Truck to Mortar Platoon +8 pts each
LEYTENANT (Maximum 2 allowed)
INFANTRY PLATOON  Add additional Mortar +32 points
 Add Hv. Machinegun Squad +60 points
 Add Truck to Hv. Machinegun Squad +8 pts
INFANTRY PLATOON
(StaffSgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD (Sgt) INFANTRY SQUAD
STARSHI SERZHANT SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Junior Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON (Sgt) MACHINEGUN SQUAD
MLADSHI LEYTENANT SERZHANT
144

1–3 MOTOR RIFLE COMPANY H Q (WHEELED)

OPTIONS:

KAPITAN
HQ SECTION WITH: Regular Guards

(Lieutenant) PLATOON HEAD QUARTERS
OPTIONS:
 Add Dshk AA Team to Platoon HQ +30 points
 Add Truck to Mortar Platoon +8 pts each (Maximum
2 allowed)
LEYTENANT  Add additional Mortar +32 points
INFANTRY PLATOON  Add Hv. Machinegun Squad +60 points
 Add Truck to Hv. Machinegun Squad +8 pts
 Swap ALL BTR-152 for BTR 60 +15 points
INFANTRY PLATOON

145

0-1 SUPPORT COMPANY HQ
Regular Guards
HQ SECTION 15 pts 20 pts
Up to 3 Platoons:
SCOUT PLATOON 98 pts 115 pts
ANTI-TANK PLATOON 120 pts 135 pts
AA PLATOON 65 pts 75 pts
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN  Add SAM-7 Team to Company HQ +25 points
SCOUT PLATOON
 Add BTR-40 to Company HQ +20 points
ANTI-TANK PLT  Add Signals Team to Platoon HQ’s +18 pts ea
Soviet Support Company HQ’s are rated as:
ANTI-A/CRAFT PLT CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS/TRAINED

(Sgt) SCOUT SECTION (Sgt) SCOUT SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Lieutenant) A/TANK PLATOON HQ
(Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD (Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD (Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Lieutenant) AA PLATOON HQ
(Sgt) AA HMG SECTION (Sgt) AA SAM SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
146

(Captain) COMPANY HQ HQ SECTION WITH: Regular Guards

1 Artillery Battery 75 pts 90 pts
2 Artillery Batteries 145 pts 160 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Command Truck to HQ + 15 pts
 Add BTR-152 to Staff & Observer Team + 25 points
 Swap trucks for BTR-50K +8 points each platoon
 Add Ammunition Section’s +40 points each (maximum
three sections)
KAPITAN  Can be deployed ‘Off Table’
Soviet Artillery Company HQ’s are rated as:

CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS
(Lt) 122mm ARTILLERY BATTERY (Lt) 122mm ARTILLERY BATTERY

LEYTENANT
(Sgt) AMMUNITION SECTION
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
147

0–1 MRLS COMPANY

1 BM-13 MRLS Battery 78 pts 95 pts
2 BM-13 MRLS Batteries 158 pts 175 pts
OPTIONS:
 Observer Team is an Independent Unit
KAPITAN three sections)
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS/CONFIDENT TRAINED
(Lt) ARTILLERY BATTERY (Lt) ARTILLERY BATTERY

LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
148

0–1 ARMOUR COMPANY
(Cpt) ARMOUR COMPANY HQ

5 T-54/55 Tanks 285 pts 300 pts
6 T-54/55 Tanks 325 pts 340 pts
7 T-54/55 Tanks 360 pts 375 pts
8 T-54/55 Tanks 395 pts 410 pts
9 T-54/55 Tanks 420 pts 435 pts
10 T-54/55 Tanks 445 pts 460 pts
KAPITAN
OPTIONS:
 Add HMG to cupola +5 points each tank
 Add Stabilizers +5 points each tank
 Add IR Searchlights +5 points each tank
(Lt) ARMOUR PLATOON (Lt) ARMOUR PLATOON (Lt) ARMOUR PLATOON
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
Before an engagement the Soviet Army was known to swap ONE (1) Mechanised Platoon for ONE
(1) Armoured Platoon in a Company –Making the Armour-Mech Platoon the scout/leading element
for the company with the Mech-Armour Platoon being the reserve element. This can only be done
if you have purchased both an armoured and a mechanised company! For gaming purposes
these attachments do count towards the Company Morale Check…
YOU MAY swap (Lieutenant) INFANTRY PLATOON

ONE (1) Platoon of
three (3) T-54/55 for
ONE (1) Mechanised
Infantry Platoon for
FREE at the
beginning of the
game. The Infantry
Platoon counts
towards Company
Morale Checks as it
is effectively part of
the Armoured
Company.
LEYTENANT
149

0–1 NBC PLATOON
(Lieutenant) NBC PLATOON HQ HQ SECTION WITH: Regular Guards

2 NBC Recon Squads 50 pts 65 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Command Truck to Platoon HQ +20 points
LEYTENANT  Add Decontamination Team +40 points
(Sgt) NBC RECON SQD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQD (Sgt) NBC RECON SQD (Sgt) DECON TEAM
SERZANT SERZANT SERZANT SERZANT
0–1 MEDICAL PLATOON

2 Ambulance Squads 58 pts 72 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Ambulance Truck to Platoon HQ +20 points
LEYTENANT
(Sgt) AMBULANCE SQUAD (Sgt) AMBULANCE SQUAD (Sgt) AMBULANCE SQUAD
150

0-1 ENGINEER PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
Mine-clearing Squad 65 pts 80 pts
Bridge-laying Squad 65 pts 80 pts
Construction Squad 65 pts 80 pts
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
 Add Gaz-69 to Platoon HQ +10 points
(StaffSgt) MINECLEARING (Sgt) BRIDGELAYING SQD (Sgt) CONSTRUCTION SQD
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
The Bridge Laying Squad can construct a scissor bridge across a narrow river/stream –wide enough for a tank to
cross. The squad can only lay ONE (1) bridge, and if they wish to lay another must first pick up the original bridge.
The Construction Squad can construct field defences, such as trenches, weapons pits, minefields, barbed wire
entanglements following the rules for engineers in the rulebook. The Construction Squad can also remove field
fortifications, entrenchments and so on as per the rules. The Mine Clearing Squad can clear a path through a
minefield the width of their vehicle. Of course, it can make more than one pass widening the breach!
151

COLD WAR! Rules for Modern Warfare 1960 to 1990
SOVIET ARMY ARMOURED BATTALION
1960 to 1970

ARMY BATTALION must contain  Artillery Company
 A Battalion HQ  MRLS Company
 3 Companies *May be mixed if a  Support Company
combined operation  NBC Reconnaissance Platoon
 Medical Platoon
SUPPORT COMPANIES available  Air Support
to the ARMOURED BATTALION MOTIVATION AND SKILL
 Mechanised Infantry Soviet (Regular) Infantry are rated as
 Artillery
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
 Armour
Soviet (Guards) Infantry are rated as
CONFIDENT TRAINED
SOVIET ARMOURED BATTALION HEADQUARTERS

1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
BATTALION HQ 50 pts (Major/Colonel) BATTALION HQ
OPTION:
 Add BTR-50 to HQ +10 points
 Add HQ T-54/55 Tank +55 points
 Swap Command & Signals Team for
a HQ T-54/55 Tank +5 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
 Swap Zampolit & HQ Team for
another T-54/55 Tank +5 points
 Mount Observer in Gaz-66 Jeep +10
points
HQ Transport (Sgt) HQ Tank Medical Team
ARMOUR COMPANY
ARMOUR COMPANY
ARMOUR COMPANY SUPPORT OPTION
SUPPORT OPTION SUPPORT OPTION
152

0–3 T–62 ARMOUR COMPANY
(Cpt) ARMOUR COMPANY HQ 5 T-62 Tanks 295 pts 310 pts
6 T-62 Tanks 335 pts 350 pts
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN  Add HMG to cupola +5 points each tank
Combat Attachment –at the beginning of

the game you may swap one Armoured
Platoon for one Mechanised Platoon
(Providing you have paid for them!) –
your Armoured Platoon joins your (Warrant Officer) RECOVERY PLATOON
Mechanised Company and your
Mechanised Platoon joins your Armoured
Company –for the purposes of Company
Morale our newly attached Platoon does
not count towards Company Morale
Checks for destroyed units!!!
The Armoured-Mech. Platoon becomes
the scouting/lead element for your force
whilst the Mech.-Armour Platoon
becomes the reserve element.
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
153


(Cpt) ARMOUR COMPANY HQ 5 T-54/55 Tanks 280 pts 295 pts
6 T-54/55 Tanks 320 pts 335 pts
7 T-54/55 Tanks 355 pts 370 pts
8 T-54/55 Tanks 390 pts 400 pts
9 T-54/55 Tanks 400 pts 415 pts
10 T-54/55 Tanks 415 pts 430 pts
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN  Add HMG to cupola +5 points each tank

The Armoured-Mech. Platoon becomes
the scouting/lead element for your force
whilst the Mech.-Armour Platoon
becomes the reserve element.
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
154

(Cpt) ARMOUR COMPANY HQ HQ SECTION WITH: Regular Guards

5 T-34/85 Tanks 120 pts 135 pts
6 T-34/85 Tanks 140 pts 145 pts
7 T-34/85 Tanks 155 pts 170 pts
8 T-34/85 Tanks 170 pts 185 pts
9 T-34/85 Tanks 185 pts 200 pts
10 T-34/85 Tanks 195 pts 210 pts
KAPITAN OPTIONS:
Lacking any refinements such as

stabilisers and IR searchlights, the T-
34/85 tank was the mainstay of Soviet
(Warrant Officer) RECOVERY PLATOON
Armoured Forces. The WWII era tank had
an upgraded suspension and road
wheels to keep it in service alongside its
powerful 85mm gun. It was relegated to
third line divisions when the new T-54
tank arrived; finally being retired from
Soviet arsenals in the early 1970’s after
equipping most foreign forces armoured
formations!!
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
155

0–1 HEAVY ARMOUR COMPANY

5 IS-IIIm Tanks 245 pts 260 pts
KAPITAN OPTIONS:
 Add Assault Gun Platoon +85 points
(Lieutenant) Su-100 ASSAULT GUN PLATOON
LEYTENANT
Like their American opposition, the Soviets saw a need for huge tanks near the end of WW2
culminating in the IS-3m. Slow and cumbersome, (and prone to breaking down), the IS-3m
Tanks in the (Independent) Heavy Tank Brigades where more than capable of punching great
holes in any NATO armour until withdrawn from Soviet Arsenals in the mid 1960’s with their
chassis being recycled into the base for the SCUD-A missile launcher.
156

0–3 MECHANISED INFANTRY COMPANY HQ

OPTIONS:

KAPITAN

OPTIONS:
 Add Dshk AA Team to Platoon HQ +30 points
LEYTENANT  Add additional Mortar +32 points
 Add Hv. Machinegun Squad +60 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
INFANTRY PLATOON

157

(Captain) COMPANY HQ Regular Guards

Up to 3 Platoons:
OPTIONS:
SCOUT PLATOON
ANTI-AIR PLT CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS/TRAINED

(Sgt) SCOUT SECTION (Sgt) SCOUT TANK SECTION
TI-A/CRAFT PLT
LEYTENANT
(Lieutenant) A/T PLATOON HQ SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD (Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD (Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Lieutenant) aa PLATOON HQ
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
158

HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
An Armoured Battalion Artillery Company is identical to a Motor Rifle

Artillery Company –see page 147
0 –1 MRLS ARTILLERY COMPANY
An Armoured Battalion MRLS Artillery Company is identical to a Motor Rifle

MRLS Artillery Company –see page 148
0-1 NBC PLATOON
An Armoured Battalion NBC Platoon is identical to a Motor Rifle NBC

Platoon –see page 150
0-1 MEDICAL PLATOON
An Armoured Battalion Medical Platoon is identical to a Motor Rifle Medical

159

SOVIET ARMY REGIMENTAL SUPPORT OPTIONS

1960 to 1970
REGIMENTAL SUPPORT COMPANIES REGIMENTAL SUPPORT COMPANIES

available to a MOTOR RIFLE BATTALION available to an ARMOURED BATTALION
 (towed) Artillery*  (SP) Artillery**
 MRLS Artillery*  MRLS Artillery
 Heavy Mortars  Heavy Mortars
 Rocket Artillery  Rocket Artillery
 Target Acquisition Company  Target Acquisition Company
 Anti-Tank Battery  Anti-Tank Battery
 Anti-Aircraft Battery  Anti-Aircraft Battery
 Traffic Control Platoon  Traffic Control Platoon
*May be mixed but at a ratio of 2:1 **2s1 122mm SPG or 2s3 152mm SPG’s
SOVIET MOTOR RIFLE REGIMENT HEADQUARTERS

REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:
(Colonel/General) REGIMENT HQ
Soviet Regiment HQ Troops are rated

CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
Guard’s Regt HQ Troops are rated
CONFIDENT TRAINED POLKOVNIK/GENERAL
Regt. Observer Team (Sergeant) Regiment HQ Infantry Squad Medical Team
SERZHANT
SOVIET ARMOURED REGIMENT HEADQUARTERS

REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:
POLKOVNIK/GENERAL
SERZHANT
160

0–3 122mm ARTILLERY COMPANY

OPTIONS:
three sections)
KAPITAN
 Add HE & Smoke rounds +FREE
 Add Chemical rounds +80 points
Available for Armoured or Motor Rifle Battalions

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
161


(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 Artillery Battery 85 pts 95 pts
OPTIONS:
three sections)
KAPITAN  Add HE & Smoke rounds +FREE
Motor Rifle Battalions only
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
Soviet Artillery Battalions supporting Armoured (Sgt) AMMUNITION SECTION

Formations do not get any 152mm Howitzers; instead
they get an additional Company of 122mm Guns
SERZHANT
162

0–1 TARGET AQUISITION COMPANY

HQ SECTION WITH:
1 Ground Surveillance Platoon 290 points
(Captain) COMPANY HQ 2 Ground Surveillance Platoons 565 points
OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-152 to Staff & Observer Team +15 pts
 Add AA Section +65 points
 Swap S-60 57mm guns for ZU-2 23mm guns +FREE
Available for Armoured and Motor Rifle Battalions

KAPITAN
(Lt) GS RADAR PLATOON (Lt) JAMMING PLATOON Staff & Observer Team
LEYTENANT
(Sgt) Anti-Aircraft SECTION
163

0 –3 H E A V Y M O R T A R C O M P A N Y
HQ SECTION WITH:
1 120mm Mortar Platoon 120 points
(Captain) COMPANY HQ 2 120mm Mortar Platoons 240 points
OPTIONS:
 Add Uaz Jeeps to Staff & Observer Team +10 pts
 Add Illumination Rounds +20 points
 Add Chemical Rounds +50 points
KAPITAN  Replace all BTR-40 with 2 Zis Trucks -20 points each
Platoon (max 4 trucks for 6 BTR-40)
(Lieutenant) 120mm MORTAR PLATOON (Lieutenant) 120mm MORTAR PLATOON
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
Staff & Observer Team (Sgt) Anti-Aircraft SECTION
LEYTENANT SERZHANT
164

0–1 MRLS COMPANY

(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 BM-13 MRLS Battery 78 pts 95 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Command BTR-152 to HQ + 10 pts
 Add BTR-40s to Staff & Observer Team + 5 points
three sections)
KAPITAN  Add HE rounds +FREE
Available for Armour and Motor Rifle Battalions

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
165

0 – 1 ROCKET ARTILLERY COMPANY

1 FROG-3 Battery 95 pts 105 pts
2 FROG-3 Batteries 175 pts 185 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-152 to HQ + 10 pts
 Add HE payloads +FREE
KAPITAN  Add Chemical Payload +50 points each Battery
 Add Nuclear Payload (.5kt) +800 pts ea Battery
(Lt) FROG-3 BATTERY (Lt) FROG-3 BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
166

0 – 1 SELF-PROPELLED ARTILLERY COMPANY

(Captain) COMPANY HQ 1 2s1 122mm Battery 78 pts 95 pts
2 2s1 122mm Batteries 158 pts 175 pts
OPTIONS:
two sections)
 Upgrade to 2s3 152mm SPG’s +20 points each Battery
 Add Chemical rounds to 2s3 Battery +60 pts
Available for Armoured Battalions only
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
167

0–1 ANTI–TANK BATTERY

100mm Gun Battery 90 pts 100 pts
SPG-9 RCL Battery 165 pts 175 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Arrowhead HVAP* Ammo to 100mm guns +5 pts
Available to Armour and Motor Rifle Battalions

KAPITAN
*High Velocity Armour Piercing
(Lt) ANTI-TANK BATTERY (Lt) RCL ANTI-TANK BATTERY
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
0 – 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLATOON

HQ SECTION WITH:
2 Rifle Squads 45 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add AK rifles to all teams +5 pts each squad
LEYTENANT
(StaffSgt) MP SQUAD (Sgt) TRAFFIC SQUAD (Sgt) MP SQUAD
168

0–1 ANTI–AIR BATTERY

1 S-60 57mm Gun Battery 55 pts 65 pts
2 S-60 57mm Gun Batteries 110 pts 125 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-40s to HQ + 5 pts
 Add Target Acquisition Team +40 points
 Add SAM Platoon +100 points

KAPITAN
(Lt) AA GUN PLATOON (Lt) AA GUN PLATOON (Lt) SAM PLATOON
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
(Lieutenant) TARGET ACQUISITION TEAM
LEYTENANT
169

SOVIET AIR SUPPORT OPTIONS
1960 to 1970

 Mig-15 Faggot/Fresco 135 points On Station
 Mig-21 Fishbed 150 points On Station
 Su-7 Fitter 160 points On Station
 Tu-16 Badger 225 points On Station
Mig-15 Faggot/Fresco WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS
 3 x NR-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 TWO hard-points for:
 2 x UB-32h 16(57mm) Rocket Pods (one shot
weapon)
 2 x FAB250 250kg Bombs (one shot weapon)
LEYTENANT/LIEUTENANT
Mig-21 Fishbed WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS
 1 x NR-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 FOUR hard-points for:
weapon)
 OR +30 points for replace with:
 4 x UB-32h 16(57mm Rocket Pods (two templates OR
1 double-width template)
Su-7 Fitter WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS
 2 x AR-30 30mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 SIX hard-points for:
 4 x UB-32h 16(57mm Rocket Pods (two templates OR
1 double-width template)
 4 x FAB250 250 kg bombs (2 templates OR 1 double-
width template) AND 2 x UB-32h 16(57mm) RP’s (one
shot weapon)
Tu-16 Badger WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS
 3 x Turreted NR-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 12 x FAB500 500kg Bombs (3 Double-width templates
OR 6 templates)
 2 x AS-6 Guided Bombs (2 weapons; Brutal, Guided
 2 x 1kt Nuclear Weapon’s (Nuclear: see rules)
KAPITAN/CAPTAIN
170

171

197 0 to 198 0

 Medical Platoon
 Artillery
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT/TRAINED
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
OPTION:
 Add UAZ-469 Jeep +12 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
HQ Jeep (Sgt) HQ Squad Medical Team
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SERZHANT
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option

Soviet Motor Rifle Troops Are: Pick your Companies (as per the Battalion type) and
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT then add your support from the support available for
S your Battalion Type. (See chart below)
A maximum of 3 Coy Support Options, 5 Battalion
CONFIDENT TRAINED Support Options and 8 Regimental Support Options
are available to choose from, so choose wisely!
Guards units Cost an additional
172


OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-1 to Coy HQ +10 points

KAPITAN CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS/TRAINED

(Lieutenant) PLATOON HEAD QUARTERS 2 Rifle Squads 165 pts 180 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add SAM Team to Platoon HQ +20 points
 Add Kt-t Tractors to Mortar Platoon +8 pts
LEYTENANT each (Maximum 3 allowed)
 Add additional Mortar +32 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
INFANTRY PLATOON
(Junior Lieutenant) MORTAR PLATOON
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
173


Up to 3 Motor Rifle Platoons
(Captain) COMPANY HQ OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM to Coy HQ +8 points
 Add 23mm Cannon to BRDM +5 points


OPTIONS:
 Upgrade ALL BTR-60 to BTR-70 +2pts each
LEYTENANT  Add Kt Tractors to Mortar Platoon +8 pts each
(Maximum 3 allowed)
INFANTRY PLATOON
INFANTRY PLATOON
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
174

Regular Guards
Up to 3 Platoons:
OPTIONS:
SCOUT PLATOON

(Sgt) SCOUT SECTION (Sgt) SCOUT SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Lieutenant) A/TANK PLATOON HQ
(Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD (Sgt) A/TANK SQUAD
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
175


OPTIONS:
 Swap trucks for KT-t tractors +5 points each platoon
three sections)
KAPITAN  Upgrade M-10’s for D-20’s +10 points each battery


LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
176

0–1 MRLS COMPANY
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN
three sections)

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
177

(Cpt) ARMOUR COMPANY HQ

KAPITAN
OPTIONS:
 Add 9m117 Bastion ATGW + 5 points each platoon
ALL T-62’s have Stabilisers and Autoloaders

ONE (1) Platoon of
three (3) T-62 for
ONE (1) Mechanised
FREE at the
beginning of the
game. The Infantry
Platoon counts
towards Company
Morale Checks as it
the Armoured
Company.
LEYTENANT
178

0–1 NBC PLATOON

OPTIONS:

OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
179

HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
0-1 ANTI– AIRCRAFT PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
1 SP AAA Squad 45 pts 55 pts
2 SP AAA Squads 95 pts 105 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM to Platoon HQ +15 points
LEYTENANT  Add Stabilisers +15 points for the platoon
(Sgt) SP AAA SQUAD (Sgt) SP AAA SQUAD
SERZHANT SERZHANT
180

1970 to 1980

 Medical Platoon
 Artillery
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
 Armour
CONFIDENT TRAINED

1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
OPTION:
 Add BMP-1 to HQ +10 points
 Add HQ T-62 Tank +65 points
a HQ T-62 Tank +5 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
another T-62 Tank +5 points
 Mount Observer in BMP-1 +10
points
ARMOUR COMPANY
ARMOUR COMPANY
181

OPTIONS:
KAPITAN  Add IR Searchlights +2 points each tank
 Add 9m117 Bastion ATGW + 5 points each platoon
 Add HEAT rounds +20 points each platoon
 Add Zet-1 Armour Kit +20 points each platoon

Platoon for one Mechanised Platoon (Warrant Officer) RECOVERY PLATOON
your Armoured Platoon joins your
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
182


OPTIONS:
 Add Cupola HMG +2 points each tank
 Add 9m119 Svir ATGW +30 points each platoon

MLADSHI LEYTENANT
183


5 T-54/55 Tanks 280 pts 295 pts
7 T-54/55 Tanks 355 pts 370 pts
8 T-54/55 Tanks 390 pts 400 pts
9 T-54/55 Tanks 400 pts 415 pts
10 T-54/55 Tanks 415 pts 430 pts
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN
Combat Attachment –at the beginning of (Warrant Officer) RECOVERY PLATOON

your Armoured Platoon joins your
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
184


OPTIONS:
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPTS / TRAINED
KAPITAN

OPTIONS:
 Upgrade 1 BMP-1 to BMP-2 +FREE
LEYTENANT  Add Mortar Platoon + 65 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
 Add additional Kt-L Traktor +10 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
185


Up to 3 Platoons:
OPTIONS:
 Add SAM-7 Team to Company HQ +20 points
KAPITAN
SCOUT PLATOON  Add BTR-60 to Company HQ +15 points
ANTI-TANK PLT  Add BRDM to Platoon HQ +8 points each
ANTI-AIR PLT

TI-A/CRAFT PLT
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Sgt) AA SP SAM SECTION (Sgt) AAA SP SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
186


OPTIONS:
three sections)
 Add Minelet ammunition +45 points per battery
KAPITAN
 Add Chemical Rounds +190 points per battery
 Add Smoke and HE rounds +FREE

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT (Sgt) AMMUNITION SECTION
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
187

HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT

0-1 NBC PLATOON

0-1 MEDICAL PLATOON

188


1970 to 1980


REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:

CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
SERZHANT

REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:
POLKOVNIK/GENERAL
SERZHANT
189


OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-60pu to Staff & Observer Team + 5 points
 Add HE& Smoke rounds +FREE
three sections)

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
190


OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-60pu’s to Staff & Observer Team + 10 points
three sections)
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT

SERZHANT
191


HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-60pu’s to Staff & Observer Team +10 pts
 Swap ALL ZU-2 23mm guns for 2xSA-9 Teams +5 pts

KAPITAN
LEYTENANT
192

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Uaz Jeeps to Staff & Observer Team +10 points
 Swap ALL 23mm Guns for 2xSA-9 teams +5 points
 Replace all BTR-40 with 2 Zis Trucks -20 points each
KAPITAN Platoon (max 4 trucks for 6 BTR-40)
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT SERZHANT
193

0–1 MRLS COMPANY

OPTIONS:
three sections)
 Add HE rounds +FREE
KAPITAN  Add smoke rounds +30 points

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
194


1 FROG-7 Battery 95 pts 105 pts
2 FROG-7 Batteries 175 pts 185 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Chemical Payload +50 points each Battery
KAPITAN  Add Nuclear Payload (.5kt) +800 pts ea Battery
(Lt) FROG-7 BATTERY (Lt) FROG-7 BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
195


OPTIONS:
two sections)
 Add HE and Smoke rounds +FREE
 Add Illumination rounds +15 points
 Add Chemical rounds to 2s3 Battery +50 points

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
196


Sagger ATGW Battery 120 pts 130 pts
OPTIONS:

KAPITAN
(Lt) ANTI-TANK BATTERY (Lt) ATGW ANTI-TANK BATTERY
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
197


S-60 57mm Gun Battery 55 pts 62 pts
ZSU-23-4 Shilka Battery 110 pts 125 pts
9m31 Strela-10 Battery 120 pts 135 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM-2’s to HQ + 8 pts
 Swap BRDM-2for BMP-Son-1 Radar +15 pts each
KAPITAN
(Lt) AA GUN PLATOON (Lt) ZSU GUN PLATOON (Lt) SAM PLATOON
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
198


1970 to 1980

 Mig-23 Flogger 168 points On Station
 Yak-38 Forger 180 points On Station
 Su-24 Fencer 260 points On Station
 Su-25 Frogfoot 230 points On Station
 Tu-95 Bear 325 points On Station
Mig-23 Flogger WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 168 pts
 1 x Gsh-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

weapon)
 4 x FAB250 250kg Bombs (1 double-width template)
 2 x UB-32h 16(57mm) Rocket Pods one shot
weapon)
 2 x Kh-25 Guided Missiles (2 weapons; Brutal,
Yak-38 Forger WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 180 pts

VTOL Aircraft
 1 x Gs-23-L 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)
 2 x 2B500 230kg Napalm (Napalm)
 4 x K-13 AA Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
Su-24 Fencer WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 260 pts
 2 x AR-30 30mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 2 x UB-32h 16(57mm) Rocket Pods (one shot weapon)
 1 x 1 kt. Nuclear Weapon (Nuclear, see rules)
199

Su-25 Frogfoot WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 230 pts
 Twin Gsh-30-2 30mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 4 x UB-32h 16(57mm) Rocket Pods (1 double-width
template OR 2 templates)
 4 x Kh-25 Guided Missiles (4 weapons; Brutal, Guided
 Replace 2 x UB-32h (one shot weapon) with an
additional 2 Kh-25 guided Missiles (6 weapons total)
Tu-95 Bear WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 325 pts
 1 x Tail NR-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

OR 8 templates)
 2 x 1kt or .5kt Nuclear Weapon’s (Nuclear: see rules)
KAPITAN/CAPTAIN
200

201

1980 to 1990

 Medical Platoon
 Artillery
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT / TRAINED
1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
OPTION:
 Add BMP-2 +12 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
HQ Transport (Sgt) HQ Squad Medical Team
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SERZHANT
SOVIET MR COMPANY
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option
SUPPORT option

Soviet Motor Rifle Troops Are:

Pick your Companies (as per the Battalion type) and
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT then add your support from the support available for
S your Battalion Type. (See chart below)
A maximum of 3 Coy Support Options, 5 Battalion
CONFIDENT TRAINED Support Options and 8 Regimental Support Options
Guards units Cost an additional are available to choose from, so choose wisely!
202


OPTIONS:


OPTIONS:
 Upgrade ALL BMP-1 to BMP-2 +10 points each
LEYTENANT  Add KT-L Traktors to Mortar Platoon +5 pts
each (Maximum 3 allowed)
INFANTRY PLATOON
 Add HE & Smoke to mortars +FREE
INFANTRY PLATOON  Add Illumination rounds to mortars +10 points
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
203


Up to 3 Motor Rifle Platoons
(Captain) COMPANY HQ OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM to Coy HQ +8 points
 Add 23mm Cannon to BRDM +5 points


OPTIONS:
 Upgrade ALL BTR-70 to BTR-80 +5 pts each
LEYTENANT  Add KT-L’s to Mortar Platoon +5 pts each
(Maximum 3 allowed)
INFANTRY PLATOON
 Add HE & Smoke to mortars +FREE
INFANTRY PLATOON  Add Illumination rounds to mortars +10 pts
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
204

Regular Guards
Up to 3 Platoons:
OPTIONS:
SCOUT PLATOON

LEYTENANT
(Lieutenant) A/TANK PLATOON HQ SERZHANT SERZHANT
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Sgt) AA SP SAM SECTION (Sgt) AA SP SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
205


OPTIONS:
three sections)
 Swap ALL Kt Tractors for Trucks +FREE
KAPITAN


LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
206

0–1 MRLS COMPANY

OPTIONS:
KAPITAN three sections)
 Add Chemical Payload +80 points

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
207


KAPITAN OPTIONS:
ALL T-62’s have Stabilisers and Autoloaders

ONE (1) Platoon of
three (3) T-62 for
ONE (1) Mechanised
FREE at the
beginning of the
game. The Infantry
Platoon counts
towards Company
Morale Checks as it
the Armoured
Company.
LEYTENANT
208

0–1 NBC PLATOON

OPTIONS:

OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
209

HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
0-1 ANTI– AIRCRAFT PLATOON
HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
1 SP AAA Squad 55 pts 65 pts
2 SP AAA Squads 105 pts 115 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM to Platoon HQ +15 points
LEYTENANT  Add Stabilisers +15 points for the platoon
(Sgt) SP AAA SQUAD (Sgt) SP AAA SQUAD
SERZHANT SERZHANT
210

1970 to 1980

 Medical Platoon
 Artillery
CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
 Armour
CONFIDENT TRAINED

1 Battalion HQ
HEADQUARTERS
OPTION:
 Add BMP-1 to HQ +10 points
 Add HQ T-72 Tank +70 points
a HQ T-72 Tank +10 points
MAYOR/POLKOVNIK
another T-72 Tank +10 points
 Mount Observer in BMP-1 +10
points
ARMOUR COMPANY
ARMOUR COMPANY
211

OPTIONS:
 Add 9m117 Bastion ATGW
 Add Zet-1 Armour Kit +20 points each platoon
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
212


OPTIONS:
 Add Cupola HMG +2 points each tank
 Add 9m119 Svir ATGW +30 points each platoon
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
213


5 T-54/55 Tanks 280 pts 295 pts
7 T-54/55 Tanks 355 pts 370 pts
8 T-54/55 Tanks 390 pts 400 pts
9 T-54/55 Tanks 400 pts 415 pts
10 T-54/55 Tanks 415 pts 430 pts
OPTIONS:
KAPITAN
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
214


OPTIONS:
KAPITAN

OPTIONS:
 Upgrade 1 BMP-1 to BMP-2 +FREE
LEYTENANT  Add Mortar Platoon + 65 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
 Add HE & Smoke +FREE
 Add additional Kt-L Traktor +10 points
INFANTRY PLATOON
MLADSHI LEYTENANT
215


Up to 3 Platoons:
OPTIONS:
 Add SAM-7 Team to Company HQ +20 points
KAPITAN
SCOUT PLATOON  Add BTR-60 to Company HQ +15 points
ANTI-TANK PLT  Add BRDM to Platoon HQ +8 points each
ANTI-AIR PLT

TI-A/CRAFT PLT
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
(Sgt) AA SP SAM SECTION (Sgt) AAA SP SECTION
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT SERZHANT
216


OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-1 to Staff & Observer Team + 20 points
three sections)
 Add Minelet ammunition +45 points per battery
KAPITAN
 Add Smoke & HE ammunition +FREE
 Add Chemical Rounds +90 points per battery

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT (Sgt) AMMUNITION SECTION

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
217

HQ SECTION WITH:
Regular Guards
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
STARSHI SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT

0-1 NBC PLATOON

0-1 MEDICAL PLATOON

218


1980 to 1990


REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:

CONFIDENT CONSCRIPT
SERZHANT

REGIMENT HQ 100 pts
OPTION:
POLKOVNIK/GENERAL
SERZHANT
219


OPTIONS:
 Add BTR-60pu to Staff & Observer Team + 5 points
 Upgrade one BTR-60pu to a BMP-Son Radar Unit +10 pts
three sections)

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
220


OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-1’s to Staff & Observer Team + 10 points
three sections)
LEYTENANT
SERZHANT

SERZHANT
221


HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-1’s to Staff & Observer Team +10 pts
 Swap ALL 23mm guns for 2xSA-9 Teams +FREE

KAPITAN
LEYTENANT
222

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
 Add Smoke Rounds +10 points
 Add BMP-1 to Staff & Observer Team +10 pts
 Swap all 23mm guns for 2 x SA-9 SAM teams +FREE
KAPITAN
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT SERZHANT
223

0–1 MRLS COMPANY

OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-1’s to Staff & Observer Team + 10 points
three sections)
KAPITAN  Add Smoke rounds +20 points
 Add chemical rounds +50 points

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
SERZHANT
224


1 SCUD-B Battery 95 pts 105 pts
2 SCUD-B Batteries 175 pts 185 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add Minelet Payload +30 points
KAPITAN  Add Chemical Payload +40 points
 Add Nuclear Payload (.5kt) +800 points
(Lt) SCUD BATTERY (Lt) SCUD BATTERY Staff & Observer Team
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
225


OPTIONS:
 Add BMP-Son Radar Unit to Staff & Observer Team + 10
points
two sections)
 Add Chemical rounds to 2s3 Battery +40 points

LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
LEYTENANT LEYTENANT
SERZHANT
226


Sagger ATGW Battery 120 pts 135 pts
OPTIONS:

KAPITAN
(Lt) ANTI-TANK BATTERY (Lt) ATGW ANTI-TANK BATTERY
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT

HQ SECTION WITH:
OPTIONS:
LEYTENANT
227


ZU-2 23mm Gun Battery 95 pts 110 pts
9k22 Tunguska Battery 130 pts 145 pts
9k33 Gheko Battery 120 pts 130 pts
OPTIONS:
 Add BRDM-2’s to HQ + 8 pts

KAPITAN
(Lt) AA GUN PLATOON (Lt) 9k22 Tunguska PLATOON (Lt) 9k33 Gheko PLATOON
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
LEYTENANT
Soviet Order of Glory 1st Class

228

1980 to 1990

 Mig-23 Flogger 170 points On Station
 Yak-38 Forger 180 points On Station
 Mig-29 Fulcrum 180 points On Station
 Su-25 Frogfoot 230 points On Station
 Tu-95 Bear 325 points On Station
Mig-23 Flogger WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 170 pts
 1 x Gsh-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

weapon)
 2 x FAB500 500kg Bombs (1 double-width template)
 2 x AA-2 AA Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
 4 x AA-2 AA Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
 2 x Kh-25 Guided Missiles (2 weapons; Brutal,
Yak-38 Forger WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 180 pts

VTOL Aircraft
 2 x 2B500 230kg Napalm (Napalm)
Mig-29 Fulcrum WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 180 pts

 SEVEN hard-points for:
 4 x AA-10 Amos AA Missiles (Guided AA Missile)
 2 x AA-8 Aphid Guided Bombs (Guided Missiles)
 4 x AA-10 Amos AA Missiles (Guided AA Missiles)
229

Su-25 Frogfoot WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 230 pts
 Twin Gsh-30-2 30mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

 4 x UB-32h 16(57mm) Rocket Pods (1 double-width
template OR 2 templates)
 4 x Kh-25 Guided Missiles (4 weapons; Brutal, Guided
 Replace 2 x UB-32h (one shot weapon) with an
additional 2 Kh-25 guided Missiles (6 weapons total)
Tu-95 Bear WEAPON LOAD OPTIONS 325 pts
 1 x Tail NR-23 23mm Cannon (anti-Helicopter)

OR 8 templates)
 2 x 1kt or .5kt Nuclear Weapon’s (Nuclear: see rules)
KAPITAN/CAPTAIN
230

231

Most modern artillery pieces can deliver a Chemical/Biological payload (not to mention free
fall bombs and dispensers) –from Self-Propelled guns to artillery to Multiple Rocket
Launchers all manner of nastiness can be spread over the modern battlefield. It is not just
Scud type launchers than can deliver such a package, but also bomb’s, mines and even
grenades.
Chemical weapons are used to incapacitate enemy troops, deny freedom of movement, and
effectively block approach routes and slow down advancing armies. It takes time once a
chemical agent has been identified to stop, don protective clothing, and de-contaminate
before advancing once again. Once suited in protective clothing morale, combat effectiveness
and performance drops rapidly the longer soldiers remains in that environment.
There are several types of Chemical agent

that can be deployed; Nerve Agents, such
as Sarin, Soman, Tabun, and VX effect the
central nervous system, inducing vomiting,
convulsions and death. These agents come
in persistent and non-persistent forms.
Sarin, for instance, will dissipate into the
environment after 20 minutes, whilst more
lethal nerve agents, such as VX, will linger
for anything up to 24 hours. Nerve Agents
are thicker than air, and therefore present a
ground contamination hazard.
Blood Agents, such as Cyanide based

compounds and Chloride act on the
respiratory system, denying the blood
oxygen, leading to heightened and rapid
breathing, followed by convulsions and
death. They are an inhalation hazard only
and a simple respirator will prevent them from entering the body (unlike nerve agents which
are contact AND inhalation). Depending on concentrations these agents will typically disperse
within 10 minutes of release. Hydrogen Cyanide is lighter than air and disperses rapidly,
whilst Cyanogen Chloride is heavier than air and will linger (and may possibly cause pools of
vapour/liquid in depressions in the ground,creating a ground hazard).
Choking Agents where the most encountered during World War One and include Chlorine
and Phosgene (popularly used by both sides in WW1), both dissipate quickly into the
environment (depending on concentrations) within 5 to 6 minutes. They have fallen out of use
due to the more lethal blood and nerve agents that have superseded them in lethality.
Choking Agents work on the respiratory system inducing painful breathing, stimulate the lungs
to produce liquid secretions resulting in flooding the lungs with fluid, death follows thereafter.
Blister Agents are a group of chemical weapons including Mustard Gas, and were used
extensively during the First World War. They are persistent, and can remain on the battlefield
for up to 7 days after release. Heavier than air, they sink into the ground and form dangerous
foggy clouds in depressions like trenches and foxholes. They attack exposed skin causing
blisters to form, if inhaled they will attack the passageways they have come in contact with.
Incapacitating Agents are a group of chemical weapons that are designed not intentionally to
kill those affected but to physically disable them. These include hallucinogenic agents such as
BZ and LSD (LSDM), and sow panic, confusion, disorientation and hallucinations in those
they effect, leading to the breakdown in the chain of command and a distinct tactical
advantage to the opponents of those affected (Imagine a unit of crack marines high on
LSDM). These agents are no persistent, and dissipate rapidly into the environment. Physical
incapacitators work on rendering the soldier (or target) incapable of continued fighting, they
232

do not have long lasting effects, and the casualties recover quite quickly once out of the area
of exposure. Such incapacitating agents include the CS family of gases as used by riot police
and the longer lasting CR and capsicum –or ‘pepper spray’. Casualties exposed to CS will
have coughing, streaming noses and watering eyes. CS can be used as a self defence spray
or as a grenade discharged munitions or even fired as bomblets covering many square
kilometres. CS can rapidly dissolve into the atmosphere depending on conditions and is
aggravated by water, worsening the effects.
Biological weapons are used more to

deny food sources, hinder the
population and render livestock and
crops un-usable. Biological weapons
can comprise such diverse agents such
as flu, anthrax, plague, and toxins
refined from poisonous reptiles and
amphibians. Biological weapons are not
as effective as chemical ones, as
adverse weather conditions deteriorate
their survivability. Biological weapons
take a longer time to manifest
symptoms, and to actually kill their
targets. They can be circumvented in
the same way as chemical weapons –
the advancing army alerted of a Bio Soviet NBC Recon Troops
threat stops, dons protective clothing, decontaminates, and carries on again, their advancing
speed is reduced, tiredness and fatigue take effect, and morale is gradually worn down the
longer the soldiers remain in the hazardous environment.
Utilising normal rules for smoke bombardments you can lay your Chemical or Biological
‘screen’ –once the shots land on target mark the area affected by the chemical agent.
Remember that chemicals, just like smoke, can be affected by wind drift and speed –therefore
your initial deployment will greatly increase in size as it drifts with the wind! –Useful to bear in
mind when you are dropping chemicals onto the advancing enemy, you don’t then need to
have to put your own troops under cover, making them fight at the same disadvantage as the
enemy…
TARGETING UNPROTECTED TROOPS

Unprotected troops who come under a Chemical or Biological attack need to quickly don their
NBC suits and protective clothing. Vehicles need to ‘batten down’ their hatches and secure all
open vents and ports to stop agents entering the vehicle. If the troops under fire do not have a
friendly NBC Reconnaissance Vehicle within command distance, then they suffer penalties for
not being fore-warned that the attack was a Chemical/Biological one.
ALL troops that have been targeted by the attack MUST roll a successful SKILL test to see if
they can don their protective suits in time. If an NBC Reconnaissance Vehicle is nearby then
they gain +1 to their dice roll; if there is not one present they gain -1 to their dice roll. Those
troops that fail the test are casualties of the agent and are removed. However if an NBC
reconnaissance vehicle is nearby you can re-roll the first failed skill test to don protection.
CASUALTIES
If your troops become casualties of the Chemical/Biological attack, they are removed from
play as if dead. There are, surprisingly, various antidotes to the various chemical and
biological agents available to the worlds forces; but unlike Holywood, in the real world it takes
a certain amount of time to recover from the effects to return as ‘fighting fit’. If an NBC vehicle
or team is within 12”/30cm of the affected unit you casn re-rol lthe failed skill test in donning
protective equipment; if you fail this roll remove your models from play.
233

VEHICLES AS CASUALTIES
Vehicles themselves cannot be casualties of a chemical/biological attack; however the crew
can more than likely succumb
to the agents. Roll a skill test
for each vehicle that is in the
hazardous area that has just
come under attack. If the skill
roll is successful then the
vehicle has managed to close
hatches; it can continue and
fight as per normal; providing
of course the vehicle does
have NBC protection!
Otherwise the crew have
managed to don respirators
and protective clothing. If the
skill test has failed, then the
crew have succumbed to the
agents as they did not get
their respirators or close
Czechoslovakian NBC Reconnaissance Team hatches in time. The vehicle
cannot move or fire, place a
BAILED OUT marker beside the vehicle and remove the crew from play. The vehicle is
immobilised until a fresh crew can join it. If an NBC vehicle is present, then you may re-rol
lthe skill test as per normal.
NBC RECONAISSANCE VEHICLES and TROOPS

NBC Reconnaissance vehicles and associated personnel have monitoring equipment (such
as CAM, MCAD and VBCAD1). These highly trained personnel monitor the air, take samples
and utilize the equipment at their disposition to warn of any agents that are present. They can
give a warning that the attack was a chemical/biological attack, or if they are presently about
to enter an area that was the subject of a recent attack, what that attack was, and the hazards
present.
If an NBC Reconnaissance (friendly) unit is within 12”/30cm of your force that has suffered
the attack, they can detect the agents involved and pre-warn the troops to get under cover,
suit up and secure hatches and doorways on any vehicles travelling with your force. An NBC
Reconnaissance force will gain +1 to your skill rolls for ‘suiting up’ and will also give a re-roll if
present if you fail the first roll.
NBC Reconnaissance vehicles and teams can de-contaminate the area as well. The team
must declare that it is going to de-contaminate at the start of it’s movement, then moving at
slow speed, it will clear a channel 2”/5cm wide by the distance travelled of all nasty
chemical/biological agents –allowing your troops safe passage through the corridor. Whilst
de-contaminating the NBC reconnais-sance team/vehicle CANNOT shoot or fire as they are
too busy scrubbing things and spraying de-contaminant around to be able to engage any
enemies in fighting!
NBC Reconnais-sance teams may travel in tandem to clear a path through the contaminated
area, thus clearing a corridor 4”/10cm wide by the distance travelled. It is useful to mark out
the safe areas of the contaminated battlefield for future reference as once de-contaminated
the path way will remain decontaminated until it is further contaminated by another attack.
Mark the corners of the cleared pathway with gravel or another suitable marker –remember
that un-friendly troops can also use your recently decontaminated pathways as it would be
1
Chemical Agent Monitor, Man Portable Chemical Agent Detector and Vehicle Borne Chemical Agent
Detector –Chemical Agent detectors also detect Biological weapons and hazardous industrial chemicals
and can quantify what types of agent are present: nerve, blister, choking, biologic and TIM’s (Toxic
Industrial Material)
234

obvious to their own NBC reconnaissance troops that that particular area is free of
contaminants.
ENTERING A CHEMICAL or BIOLOGICAL STRIKE AREA

Units wishing to enter an area that has just received a Chemical/Biological attack must take
and pass a sucesfull skill test and
motivation (morale) test to enter the
hazard or pass through it. If they fail
any part of the required tests
(skill/morale) then they sacrifice
their movement phase donning
respirators and protective clothing
(or in the case of vehicles securing
hatches or wearing respirators in
the case on non-NBC protected
vehicles). A morale/motivation test
must be passed before any
elements of the platoon can pass
through the cloud of doom as the
platoon leaders and higher
echelons reassure their men that
there is nothing to fear…
Platoons that have suffered from a

chemical/biological attack and are
East Germany; T-72 during a Chemical excercise fortunate not to have the entire
force covered by the cloud must
make a motivation test for the units not covered by the cloud –otherwise they back away from
the danger. Failed units in this case do not count towards a Company Morale Check; as half
the unit (covered by the cloud) is still operational and the unit that backed away is busy
donning protective clothing. The unit that retreated must take and pass a sucesfull
morale/motivation test to join their comrades under the corrosive cloud. Units that have
suffered a 50% casualties due to the effects of the strike must take a morale check; if they
pass they can continue to fight (suitably suited up) otherwise they retreat rather quickly –they
must pass a sucesfull morale check to halt their retreat and units suffering in this way do
count towards a Company Morale Check.
CHEMICAL GRENADES IN DEFENCE OF TANKS

Soviet armoured formations have a number of chemical grenades that are used in the
defence of their vehicles if they come under attack by infantry forces.
If a Soviet tank comes under attack by an enemy infantry force then roll a skill test; if the test
is passed then the hatches can be opened in time and the grenades thrown out. If the test
fails then the tank is assaulted as per normal and cannot chemically defend itself.
If the grenades are successfully deployed, then surround the model with cotton wool balls.
Any unit that is within 2”/5cm of the vehicle will suffer as if hit by a chemical weapon. Any
further units wishing to assault Soviet armoured formations will then have to make a
motivation test to do so.
235

These rules are presented as a ‘what if’ factor for players wishing to utilise nuclear weapons
in their games of Cold War! They do not have to be used but are there for those players who
wish to use them. It is not altogether clear if the Soviet Union and the United States would
have resorted to flinging mass yield nuclear weapons around if the Cold War had suddenly
‘heated up’ as there was a policy in effect
throughout the period of Mutually Assured
Destruction –whereby one country initiates,
sealing the doom for that country under the
mass retaliation –however, small yield
battlefield missiles, shells and bombs may
have been used, or considered for their
strategic value in denying avenues of
approach, cutting armies off and as general
disruptive weapons to confuse, obfuscate,
annihilate and hinder any advancing or
retreating armies or units.
US Troops advance to Ground Zero during an
Atomic Test
The nuclear weapons we are dealing with
for our Cold War games are just these, the munitions delivered via artillery pieces, (large)
mortars, battlefield support Missiles, and multiple rocket launchers. The yield and devastation
effects for these weapons have been rolled into two convenient types and ground scale for
Total Annihilation Zones, Immediate Contamination Zones and Immediate Fallout have been
scaled accordingly. Nuclear weapons destructive power is all dependant on several factors,
the size of the warhead (yield), the altitude at which it explodes and the warhead type;
radioactivity, both the initial dosages and the residual dosage remaining behind (as fallout)
are dependant on several factors as well such as the yield of the weapon delivering the dose,
the distance and time from initial blast and any shielding between the weapons detonation
and the target (such as concrete, lead, armored vehicles or out in the open).
For ease, we have split the battlefield nuclear weapons

likely to be used in Cold War into two types, small and
medium yield weapons. Small Yield weapons (say ½ kt
to 49kt) are the sort to be delivered by small to medium
artillery pieces, MRLS of the BM-13 type, Pershing,
Lance and heavy mortars. Large Yield weapons (say
50kt+) are the sort to be delivered by Battlefield Support
Missiles (Frog-7, Scud-A, GLCM Transport Erector
Launcher), heavy artillery (200mm+) and aircraft
delivered weapons (free fall Nuclear bombs). The
ground scales deployed for these weapons, due to the
size of our Cold War battlefields have been scaled
accordingly –otherwise the entire table would be
vaporised if you chose to deploy one of these weapons!2
AIMING AND DEPLOYING A NUCLEAR WEAPON Smal (.5kt) Nuclear Burst Template
If the method of delivery is going to be a tabletop represented delivery system such as an
artillery piece, mortar or MRLS then aiming and firing is just the same as for conventional
artillery. However, the affects are radically different! Target an enemy formation, building,
terrain feature as normal and apply deviation as per normal. Remember that a nuclear
weapon is a ‘one shot weapon’ and you cannot ‘take it back’ and ‘try again’ if you miss! There
are NO ranging shots. If you miss, the weapon explodes on the adjusted target point with the
2
For purists, the size of the ‘small’ weapon is 1/2 Kiloton and a ‘large’ weapon is 1Kiloton for ‘real
world’ contamination, yield and destructive zones. Anything above this vaporises the tabletop, your
living room AND your garden if used to scale –troops deployed in your next door neighbour’s garden
will be dead within 5-12 hours…
236

full effects as if you had hit the intended original target. –The same applies for aircraft
delivered weapons.
Once the weapon has detonated, place out the normal artillery template (6”/15cm x 6”/15cm)
–this is the area of Total Annihilation –anything within this area is immediately destroyed
and is removed from play, that includes buildings, bridges, steel constructions, fortifications,
woods, houses, vehicles (including tanks) and any infantry. Immediately surrounding this area
is an area of Immediate Contamination, this is represented (on the schematic) as an orange
area equal to one normal artillery template width surrounding the original impact zone; this
area would measure 18”/60cm x 18”/60cm square. Do not remove buildings or solid
constructions from this area, but do remove light structures and wooded areas; vehicles will
remain in this area and we will see about damage in a moment. Immediately surrounding this
area is the Immediate Fallout zone; this zone, again, is a surrounding ring of normal artillery
templates, measuring 6”/15cm from the edge of the Immediate Contamination Zone, forming
a square measuring 32”/80cm x 32”/80cm. The total area of effect is 32”/80cm x 32”/80cm
(mark this out utilising coloured string, counters or coins (placed in each corner of each zone);
do not remove anything from the Immediate Fallout Zone, buildings remain intact (including
light structures) as well as wooded areas. We will cover applying casualties and the rate of
casualties (irrespective if they are wearing any form of NBC protection) in the following
segment. –The high dosages of Gamma radiation negate the effects of any NBC protection
unless you are behind several layers of thick concrete or lead.
If the deployed tabletop weapon is going to be delivered by aircraft, heavy artillery (200mm+)
or via Frog-7/Scud-A/GLCM then a larger template is required to show the vaster area
contaminated and destroyed in the initial blast of the detonating weapon.
Roll to aim and hit as if you are deploying a smaller yield weapon. Once the impact area has
been designated place out a square formed by 4 normal artillery templates; this is your Total
Annihilation Zone, remove from this area all buildings,
iron constructions, vehicles, structures, wooded areas,
fortifications and all infantry and guns. Immediately
surrounding this area is the area of Immediate
Contamination this is, again, a normal artillery template
width surrounding the Total Annihilation Zone; this area
would measure 24”/60cm x 24”/60cm. Surrounding this
(as before) is the area of Immediate Fallout, this area is
again the width of a normal artillery template and
surrounds the existing two zones; from inside this zone
remove all light structures and wooded areas. The total
area will be 36”/90cm x 36”/90cm, mark this (as before)
with counters in each zones corners to represent the
areas –from this zone nothing is removed, buildings
remain intact as do light structures and wooded areas.
Large (1kt) Nuclear Burst Template
FALLOUT AND CONTAMINATION
Outside of these zones is the tabletop that (so far) is free from any contamination. However,
with the prevailing wind direction you can deploy a double with Artillery template to the height
of your outer Immediate Fallout Zone; this is your down wind drift of airborne contamination
(Fallout) –this moves down wind along the table until it reaches an edge; this contamination
LAST THE ENTIRE BATTLE and will become a hazard for any following battle as well in the
same area (remember if you are playing a campaign game to mark this on your map, as
radioactive hazards take a long, long time to clean up). Contamination is only a problem to
vehicles and troops that are deployed without NBC protection; this contamination will not
affect tanks and armoured vehicles that have NBC protection and will only affect the crews if
they bail out –even if they are wearing NBC protection (suit, gloves and respirator). –See the
following section on the Fighting in a Nuclear Environment, Effects of Fallout and Loiter
Times.
IMMEDIATE CONTAMINATION and FALLOUT ZONE CASUALTIES
237

The initial blast of a detonating Nuclear weapon emits three types of harmful radiation: Alpha
(ɒ), Beta (β) and Gamma (ɣ). Alpha particles are light and travel short distances; however
can travel vast distances once attached to other particulates such as dust and debris –alpha
is particularly lethal if ingested, however skin and even a sheet of paper is sufficient to stop it.
Beta is slightly stronger and travels slightly further, again, it can be increased by attaching
itself to dust and debris, a sheet of aluminium will stop Beta, but it will penetrate skin and it’s
Beta that gives the traditional ‘radiation burns’ on exposed skin. Gamma travels the furthest
and can penetrate almost everything in it’s path, only stopped by several inches of heavy lead
shielding and/or several feet of concrete (it’s like a GIANT X-Ray). All of these particulates
and radiation hazards are present in a nuclear blast and it’s these that form the lasting
contamination on the battlefield; each with their own hazards and specific half-lives (the
length of time an atom has to become half the initial strength). The Immediate Contamination
Zone is the strongest part of the explosion (after the Total Annihilation Zone).
SMALL NUCLEAR WEAPON –CASUALTY RATES

Immediate Contamination
Total Annihilation Zone Zone
Immediate Fallout Zone
At Time of Blast 2.5 turns before death 10 turns before death 22 turns before death
1 Turn After Blast 3.5 turns before death 14 turns before death 31 turns before death
7 Days after Blast 25 turns before death 108 turns before death 240 turns before death
From the table above you have the required number of turns before your exposed troops
(regardless of any levels of NBC protection) have before they are removed from the table as
totally incapacitated, after this expired time –even if they have left the immediate zones, they
are incapacitated and rendered unconscious –remove from the game as DEAD.
Troops that are crews of armoured vehicles within the Immediate Contamination Zone do not
suffer any effects of radiation poisoning if they successfully passed their skill test to ‘button
down’ –however, if they failed the test then there is a chance that the crews have received a
potentially lethal dose of radiation. Roll a further skill test and add +1 to the dice roll if an NBC
reconnaissance vehicle is within 12”; if the test is successful then they are lucky and receive
HALF the effects of the poisoning (double the turns required before they succumb to death) –
if they fail the test then the vehicles crews have the same length of time as exposed troops
before they succumb.
Crews of armoured vehicles that are within the Immediate Fallout Zone do not suffer any
effects and can remain on the battlefield indefinitely.
For troops that have only just entered the Immediate Zones then they have until that time
before they too succumb and become casualties. However, if the troops are inside an
armoured vehicle (NOT a soft skinned vehicle) then they will suffer NO AFECTS and can
continue fighting.
The Fallout Zones travel downwind across the table moving at a rate of 12”/30cm per turn.
Each successive band has a different level of radioactivity as the hazard decreases with time
AND distance. For the lethality of the zones consult the following table and apply it to each
band.
LARGE NUCLEAR WEAPON –CASUALTY RATES

At Time of Blast 1 turns before death 5 turns before death 16 turns before death
1 Turn After Blast 1.5 turns before death 6.5 turns before death 22 turns before death
7 Days after Blast 13 turns before death 53 turns before death 178 turns before death
238

FIGHTING IN A NUCLEAR ENVIRONMENT, EFFECTS of FALLOUT

For troops freshly entering the battlefield that have not been contaminated by the weapons
blast, they have a limited time on table to ‘linger’ before the effects of the radiation hazard
take their toll and they begin to feel nauseous, dizzy and sick. This time is expressed as ‘loiter
time’ and it’s the
minimum safe time
that they can remain
within the Total
Annihilation,
Immediate
Contamination and
Immediate Fallout
Zones. Once clear of
these zones the
‘clock’ is re-set back
to zero and they can
continue –as long as they have been de-contaminated by a friendly NBC Reconnaissance
and/or Decontamination vehicle. If they have not been de-contaminated then record the
amount of turns they remained in the contaminated zones (Annihilation, Contamination or
Fallout) zone and remember this if they re-enter any of the zones. Vehicles that have NBC
protection, for instance tanks and other armoured vehicles do not feel the effects of
contamination as long as the crews and/or troops being transported remain inside the
vehicles.
SMALL NUCLEAR WEAPON –LOITER TIME

At Time of Blast CANNOT ENTER 1.5 Turns 4 turns
1 Turn After CANNOT ENTER 2 Turns 5 Turns
Blast
7 Days after 4 Turns 18 Turns 40 Turns
Blast
These ‘loiter time’s’ are cumulative; if five turns after the blast your troops entered the
Immediate Fallout Zone and stayed for 1 turn, they can ONLY remain in the Immediate
Contamination Zone for 1 turn! (1 turn in Fallout + 1 Turn in Contamination = 2 turns; the
maximum loiter time for the Contamination Zone is 2 turns) However, in this example, they
could exit the Contamination Zone and remain in the Fallout Zone for 2 turns (2+2 =4, the
maximum length of loiter in the Fallout Zone being 5 turns).
LARGE NUCLEAR WEAPON –LOITER TIME

Total Annihilation Zone Immediate Fallout Zone
Zone
At Time of Blast CANNOT ENTER CANNOT ENTER 2.5 Turns
1 Turn After Blast CANNOT ENTER 1 Turn 3 Turns
7 Days after Blast 2 Turns 9 Turns 30 Turns
FALLOUT, IMMEDIATE and SUBSEQUENT

Each turn after the initial burst, a double width artillery template (as tall as the maximum area
of Immediate Fallout) drift’s across the tabletop on the direction of the prevailing wind. ALL
troops under this template will be effected by radiation poisoning unless they are ‘buttoned
down’ inside NBC protected armoured vehicles or tanks –otherwise they will suffer the effects
of radiation poisoning.
The rates and dosages vary according to the size of the weapon that initially detonated
(regardless if this was in a previous turn or weeks ago!). The fallout ‘cloud’ moves steadily
forward at a rate of 12”/30cm every turn, gradually covering the battlefield downwind. Troops
entering this cone of radioactive fallout have to be suitably protected inside vehicles; those
external of vehicles can only remain in the cone for a limited time: the Loiter Time.
239

Small Nuclear Weapon Large Nuclear Weapon
At Time of Blast 6.5 Turns 3 Turns

1 Turn After Blast 9 Turns 4.5 Turns
7 Days After Blast 70 Turns 35 Turns
FALLOUT TABLE
Band 1 –Turn 2 Band 2 –Turn 3 Band 3 –Turn 4 Band 4 –Turn 5 Band 5 –Turn 6
At Time of Blast 12 / 6 turns 18 / 9 turns 27 / 13.5 turns 40 / 20 turns 60 / 30 turns
7 Days Later NBC SUIT NBC SUIT NBC SUIT NBC SUIT NO EFFECT
The above table’s results are divided into Small Nuclear Weapon/Large Nuclear Weapon
th
By the 4 turn (after the initial blast at turn 0), the Loiter Time for a small nuclear weapon is
set at 27 turns before the effects can be felt (or 13 ½ turns for a large nuclear weapon).
As you can see troops entering, or being exposed to the moving ‘wall of fallout’ have a
considerable time before they succumb to the effects and start to feel nauseous and sick.
Therefore, for the purposes of our tabletops games of Cold War the Fallout Zone ONLY
affects those troops that are un-protected; otherwise the troops have to don protection and
suffer the penalties of -1 to all skill and morale/motivation tests; unless they are on table after
the initial blast; then the Loiter Time is in effect.
Troops that are unprotected that are suddenly exposed to the radioactive fallout need to first
test on their skill to see if they don respirators/protection and/or ‘batten down the hatches’ in
time –otherwise they succumb to the effects after the prescribed number of turns. You may
need to record this exposure level if you are playing a campaign game –three days later you
suddenly loose half your force with radiation poisoning…
Troops that have an attached NBC reconnaissance vehicle with them take the skill test with
the usual modifiers for
the NBC Team. If the
troops ‘suit up’ in time,
then there is no effect for
the troops for the
‘footprint’ of downwind
radioactive fallout. For
troops that do not don
protection in time the
clock starts ticking. –of
course exposed troops
can be de-contaminated
as per normal rules.
For troops entering the

fallout zone 7 days after
the initial blast, will
require NBC protection if
they are crossing or
remaining within the
Prepared NBC Sentry Position with monitors & de-contamination kit's fallout zone. The troops
within the zone will not suffer any ill effects as the radioactive hazard will not penetrate the
suits protective qualities. –However, it is advised not to eat or drink within this zone! (and
stay away from the locals!)
You may utilise the ‘7 Days After Blast’ columns for any contaminated areas of the battlefield.
Use the ‘1 turn after blast’ column for effects OFF TABLE of a Nuclear Detonation.
240

CONTAMINATION
Vehicles, Gun Teams and Infantry Teams that have ‘crossed’ a contaminated zone (whether
Chemical, Biological or Nuclear) are classed as Contaminated until they can be de-
contaminated by their Platoon/Companies attached NBC reconnaissance and de-
contamination units. Until that time they are ‘dirty’. If they have been in a high radiation area,
then they will continue to give off a ‘dose’ to those affected –unless the vehicle is a tank or
other armoured vehicle, then it’s only passengers that are carried, or will be carried, on the
outside of the vehicle that will be affected.
If the vehicle that is contaminated is an Armoured Personnel Carrier such

as an M-113 or a Soviet BTR-60 and is carrying a full complement of
infantry teams, those teams are NOT contaminated all the time they remain
inside the vehicle; if they dismount, then they too become contaminated
(unless the vehicle is de-contaminated first). If the vehicle was subjected to
a high radiation area, then the teams dismounting will be affected as if they
where in that area –mark their dose rate as if they had been dismounted at
the time of being inside the ‘hot zone’.
Contaminated vehicles remain contaminated until ‘cleaned up’. To indicate their ‘dirty’ status a
suitable marker can be placed on the vehicle, gun team or infantry team to remind the player
what teams are ‘clean’ and what teams are ‘dirty’.
NBC reconnaissance platoons and de-contamination vehicles can only decontaminate the
teams, vehicles and guns that are adjacent to them and that they have declared their intent to
de-contaminate. The infantry, guns and vehicles must remain stationary adjacent to the NBC
team for one (1) turn and whilst being decontaminated cannot shoot –not even in defensive
fire. NBC teams cannot shoot or engage any enemies in assault whilst proceeding with
decontaminating as they are too busy with hoses, brushes and soap to be able to return fire!
Once an infantry team, gun or vehicle has been de-contaminated, the marker is removed
back to the pool and the team can carry on as
normal.
RESPIRATORS and NBC SUITS

All soldiers are issued with personal protective
equipment to reduce the effects of the modern,
hazardous battlefield. First issued in World War
One to combat the effects of Mustard Gas, the
respirator was widely issued during World War
Two –including to the general population and has
continued to be a vital piece of issued kit to the
modern infantryman.
The respirator and associated protective over suit

is bulky, cumbersome and tiresome to wear;
however, it offers a good degree of protection
against chemical, biological, radiological and
nuclear agents present on the modern battlefield.
By generals agreement all respirator filters are

interchangeable, a NATO filter will fit a Soviet
respirator and a Soviet filter will fit a NATO US soldier in respirator –South Vietnam
respirator –the filter thread has been designed for interchange ability to prevent massed
casualties through the release of toxic agents. NATO and the Soviet Union (including the
Warsaw Pact countries) saw the need that if chemicals, biologics and nuclear weapons where
deployed vast quantities of respirator filters would be required and saw the probability and
necessity of having to utilise captured stocks.
Infantry teams that have ‘donned respirators’ are protected from lethal
agents that may have contaminated the air or ground, but are at a
241

disadvantage as wearing the protective suits and respirators tyres one out and simple tasks
become more and more difficult; for that end any Infantry Team that has ‘donned respirators’
suffers a -1 to their motivation and skill tests until they have removed their protective
equipment.
To differentiate between teams that are ‘suited up’ and those that are not, a suitable counter
can be placed with the infantry team to show they are ‘wearing respirators’.
UK Soldier & MCAD detector files NBC Report; Winterbourne Gunner CBRN School
242

COLD WAR! Rules For Modern Warfare 1960-1990
Part
243

The Armoury Section is laid out for ease of use and reference; with all vehicles, guns and
infantry teams of one type being listed together. It is laid out in a simple tabular form, with the
picture of the piece of equipment/team (matching the TO&E section), followed by the
equipment/team’s name, it’s mobility or weapon, the range of the gun or shell, then the
armour for front aspect, side aspect and top/rear aspect in the fist column, and in italics the
ROF (Rate Of Fire) how many 1d6’s are needed, the Pen (Penetration) the weapons
penetration and then it’s Firepower (on 1d6) then lastly any notes. The Armoury Section is
divided into three parts, first the Soviet’s then the American’s and lastly a section on aircraft
including helicopters for both the Soviets and Americans.
Mobility Shells Front Side Top/Rear
Picture Name Equipment Notes
Weapon Range ROF Pen Firepower
Light-
HEAT 4 2 1
Tank Amphibious; Wide Tracks;
PT-76 76mm Stabilised Main Gun; HEAT
32”/80cm 2 8 3+
Gun
Standard
Tank
HVAP 7 5 1
T-34/85 Zis-53
Steel Armour –CANNOT fit ERA
85mm Gun
32”/80cm 2 12 3+
IS-3 Hv.Tank 12 10 2
Josef D-25t Unreliable Tank; Breakthrough Gun
Stalin 122mm
32”/80cm 1 15 2+
Hv. Tank HEAT 9 5 1 Overloaded; Hull Mounted Gun;
SU-100 D-10s Tank Killer
100mm
40”/100cm 1 16 2+
Standard
HEAT 12 8S 3
Tank
T54/55 D-10t
Side Skirts; IR
32”/80cm 1 16 2+
100mm
Standard HEAT
13 7 2
Tank SABBOT
T-62 U-5ts
IR
115mm
32”/80cm 1 16 2+
Standard HEAT
14 7s 2 IR; Side Skirts, can fire 9m117
Tank SABBOT
U-5ts Bastion ATGM
T-62m 115mm
32”/80cm 1 16 2+
9m117 2”/5cm-
1 24 3+ 9m117 Bastion (Guided)
ATGW 40”/100cm
Standard HEAT
14c 8s 2
Tank SABBOT IR; Composite Frontal Armour; Side
D-81t Skirts; can fire 9m112 Kobra ATGM
T-64 125mm
40”/100cm 2 17 3+
9m112 2”/5cm-
1 20 4+ 9m112 Kobra (Guided)
ATGM 40”/100cm
Standard HEAT
14c 8cs 2c
Tank SABBOT
IR; Composite Armour; Side Skirts
D-81t
T-64m 125mm
40”/100cm 2 17 3+
9m112 2”/5cm-
ATGM 40”/100cm
Standard HEAT
16cs 8cs 2c
Tank SABBOT IR; Composite Armour; Side Skirts;
T-72 / 2a46
40”/100cm 2 17 3+
can be fitted with Kontakt-1 ERA
T-72m 125mm
9m119 2”/5cm-
1 26 2+ 9m119 Svir (Guided)
ATGM 80”/200cm
244


Standard HEAT
17ck 9cks 3ck
Tank SABBOT IR; Composite Armour; Side Skirts;
T-80 / 2a46 may be fitted with Kontakt-5 ERA
40”/100cm 2 17 2+
T-80u 125mm
9m112 2”/5cm-
ATGM 40”/100cm
Standard
HE 1 1 0
Tank Fires HE shells
ZSU-57-2 Anti-Aircraft
Twin S-68
32”/80cm 5 12 4+
57mm
Standard
HE 1 1 1 Fires HE shells
Tank
ZSU-23-4
Quad 23mm 40”/100cm 12 10 5+ Anti-Aircraft ; Radar-Guided
Standard
SA-13 Tank
SA-13 1 1 1 4xSA-13 SAM’s
Gopher SA-13 SAM 56”/140cm 1 Surface-to-Air Missile –see rules
Wheeled LMG 1 1 0
BTR-152k Transports 16 Troops;
PKM LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6
Standard Amphibious; Transports 18 troops
Tank
12.7mm 2 1 1
BTR-50k ROF of 1 if moving/other weapins
Dshk 12.7mm 20”/50cm 3 4 5+ fire
Tracked/Fast HEAT 2 2 1 Transports 9 Troops; Firing Ports;
2a28 73mm 16”/40cm 3 12 3+ Flamable! HEAT
BMP-1
6”/15- 9m14 Malyutka AT-3 (Guided),
9m14 ATGM 1 18 5+
65”/165cm HEAT
Tracked/Fast HE/AT Rds 2 2 1 Transports 9 Troops; Firing Ports;
2a42 30mm 20”/50cm 3 10 5+ Flamable! Full ROF when moving
BMP-2
8”/20cm- AT-5 Spandrel ATGM (Guided)
AT-5 1 21 3+
48”/120cm HEAT
Wheeled DU 1 1 0 Transports 4 Troops; Can mount
23mm Gun, or 14.5mm HMG in
BRDM-1 23mm Gun 20”/50cm 3 8 6+ turret; DU rounds –used as a
weapons platform and
SA-9 36”/90cm 1 SAM –See Rules command/recon vehicle
Wheeled ATGM 1 1 0
9m14 Malyutka ATGM/AT-3 Sagger
BRDM-2 6”/15- (Guided), HEAT
9m14 ATGM 1 18 5+
65”/165cm
BRDM-2 Wheeled DU 1 1 0 Transports 5 Troops; NBC Reccee
NBC 23mm Gun 20”/50cm 3 8 6+ Vehicle; DU rounds
Wheeled DU 1 0 0
BTR-40 Transports 8 Troops; DU rounds
14.5mm HMG 24”/60cm 6 5 6+
Wheeled -- 0 0 0 Transport 3 Troops; Troops can fire
GAZ/UAZ out; May mount ATGM, RCL’s or
Jeep’s 12.7mm HMG 20”/50cm 3 4 6+ other weapons –see TO&E entry
Wheeled DU 2 1 1 Amphibious; Transports 16 Troops;
Firing Ports; DU rounds; May mount
BTR-60 14.5mm HMG 20”/50cm 6 5 6+
turret with 23mm Cannon or
23mm Gun 20”/50cm 3 8 6+ 14.5mm HMG;
Wheeled DU 2 2 1 Amphibious; Transports 16 Troops;

DU rounds for 23mm; Firing Ports ;
BTR-70 23mm Gun 20”/50cm 3 8 6+
May mount turret with 23mm or
2a42 30mm 20”/50cm 3 10 5+ 30mm Cannon; 30mm fires HEAT
245


Wheeled DU Rounds 2 2 1 Amphibious; Transports 16 Troops;
Firing Ports; Side Doors; DU rounds
BTR-80 23mm Gun 20”/50cm 3 8 6+
for 23mm –may mount 23mm or
2a42 30mm 20”/50cm 3 10 5+ 30mm Turret (fires HEAT rounds)
Wheeled HMG 1 0 0 Transports 20 troops –Troops may

Truck 12.7mm
16”/40cm 3 4 5+ fire out
HMG
Tracked HE, Smoke 2 1 1 Salvo & Point Attack
2s1 2a31
24”/60cm 1 21 2+ Brutal; HEAT; Slow Firing
Carnation 122mm
Bombardment; HE; Smoke, Chem &
Template 88”/220cm Template 4 3+
Biological rounds
Tracked HE, Smoke 2 1 1 Salvo & Point Attack
2s3 152mm 24”/60cm 1 24 2+ Brutal; HEAT; Slow Firing
Godvika
Bombardment; HE, Smoke, Chem &
Template 100”/254cm Template 6 2+
Biological rounds
BM-13-16 Wheeled HE 1 0 0 Salvo
MRLS 132mm 96”/240cm Template 5 4+ Bombardment; HE, smoke rockets
Wheeled HE, Chem 1 0 0 Salvo
BM-21
MRLS 9m22 Bombardment; HE, Chem, Bio,
96”/240cm Template 3 4+
122mm Smoke rockets
Wheeled HE, Chem 1 1 0 Salvo
BM-27
MRLS 9m27 Bombardment, HE, Chem, Bio &
220mm Smoke rockets
122mm Towed 24”/60cm 1 7 2+ Salvo & Point Attack
M-10 122mm 80”/200cm Template 4 3+ HE, Smoke rounds
122mm Towed 24”/60cm 1 7 2+ Breckthrough Gun, Salvo & Point Attack

D-30 122mm 80”/200cm Template 4 3+ HE, Smoke rounds
152mm Towed 24”/60cm 1 10 1+ Bunker Buster, Salvo & Point Attack

D-1 152mm 80”/200cm Template 5 2+ HE, Chemical & Smoke rounds
82-BM-41 Man
Packed
24”/60cm 2 2 3+
82mm
Mortar 82mm 40”/100cm Template 2 6+ HE, Smoke
120-PM-38 Man
Packed
32”/80cm 3 4 3+
120mm
Mortar 120mm 56”/140cm Template 3 3+ HE, Chemical & Smoke Rouds
23mm Towed 40”/100cm 8 5 5+ HE and DU Ammo

ZU-2 23mm Anti-Aircraft Artillery AA (see rule)
23mm Towed 40”/100cm 12 5 3+ HE Ammo

ZPU-4 23mm Anti-Aircraft Artillery AA (see rules)
57mm Towed 24”/60cm 4 6 4+ Immobile, Turntable

S-60 57mm Anti-Aircraft Artillery AA (see rules)
M-1955 Towed
100mm AT 32”/80cm 1 16 2+
Gun 100mm HVAP ammo only
246

Shells
Mobility Front Side Top/Rear
Picture Name Range Equipment Notes
Weapon
ROF Pen Firepower
9m14 6”/15cm to
Man Packed 1 14 5+ 9M14 Malyutka ATGM, Guided, HEAT
Malyutka 65”/165cm
9k111 8”/20cm to
Man Packed 1 19 3+ 9k111 Spigott ATGM, Guided, HEAT
Spigott 40”/100cm
RPG-7 Cannot Move & Fire; Horrid Backblast,

Man Packed 12”/30cm 1 17 4+
Team HEAT
RPG-9
Heavy Recoiless Rifle; Horrid Backblast; Slow
Recoiless Weapon
24”/60cm 2 13 3+ Firing
Rifle
DSHK
Heavy
12.7mm Weapon
24”/60cm 6 2 6+ ROF of 3 if pinned or moving
HMG
DSHK
Heavy
AA HMG Weapon
24”/60cm 6 2 6+ AA Gun (see rules)
12.7MM
LMG
Man Packed 16”/30cm 7 2 6+ ROF of 3 if Pinned or moving
Team
AK Rifle
Man Packed 8”/20cm 3 1 5+ Full ROF if moving; ROF of 1 if pinned!
Team
RPG AK Man Packed 8”/20cm 3 1 5+ ½ ROF if firing RPG

Team
RPG-7 12”/30cm 1 17 4+ Horrid Backblast, HEAT
LMG AK AK Rifle 8”/20cm 3 1 5+ Full ROF if moving

Team LMG 16”/30cm 7 2 6+ Cannot Move & Fire; ROF of 3 if pinned
See AK Rifle Team BG-15 Add’s 1 dice in defence; may fire instead
Man Packed 8”/20cm 1 6 6+
UGL of Teams AK Rifles
NCO &
Armed with AK Rifles; moves & acts just
Squad Man Packed 8”/20cm 3 1 5+
like an AK Rifle Team
HQ Team
Zampolit
Man Packed 8”/20cm 3 1 5+ Pistols +1d6 in defence
Team
SA-14
Man Packed 48”/120cm SAM –see rules Guided AA Weapon
Gremlin
HQ & 2iC
Team
Staff Heavy
8”/20cm 3 1 5+ Pistols +1d6 in defence
Team Weapon
Observers
& RTO’s
247


Unreliable/Std HEAT & Tank Phone; Turret HMG; Co-
10 7 2
Tank HVAP Axial HMG;
M48
M41 90mm 40”/100cm 2 16 4+ HEAT & HVAP rounds
Tank Phone; Turret HMG, Co-
Unreliable/Std HEAT &
11 7 2 Axial HMG; Smoke Dischargers;
Tank HVAP
M48a1 IR Searchlight
M41 90mm 40”/100cm 2 16 4+ HEAT & HVAP rounds
Tank Phone; Turret HMG; Co-
Standard HEAT &
11 7 2 Axial HMG, Smoke Dispensers; IR
Tank HVAP Searchlight
M48a2 M41 90mm 40”/100cm 2 16 4+ HEAT, HVAP
Beehive 8”/20cm 5 1 6+ BEEHIVE

Standard HEAT &
13 8 2 Axial HMG; Smoke Dispensers; IR
Tank HVAP Searchlight
M48a3 M41 90mm 40”/100cm 2 16 4+ HEAT & HVAP

Standard HEAT &
13 8 2 Axial HMG; Smoke Dispensers; IR
Tank APDS Searchlight
M48a4 M41 90mm 40”/100cm 2 16 4+ HEAT & APDS

Standard HEAT &
14 8 2 Axial HMG; Smoke Dispenser; IR
Tank APDS Searchlight
M48a5 M68 105mm 40”/100cm 2 16 2+ HEAT & APDS
Standard HEAT & Turret HMG; Co-Axial HMG;

14ce 8ces 3c
Tank APDS Smoke Dispensers; IR Searchlight
M60/M60a1 M68 105mm 40”/100cm 2 16 2+ HEAT & APDS

Standard Turret HMG, Co-Axial HMG;
Tank
HEAT, HE 14ce 8ces 3c Smoke Dispensers; IR Searchlight
M81 152mm 16”/40cm 1 16 1+ HEAT & HE rounds, Brutal
M60a2
Starship Beehive 8”/20cm 5 1 6+ BEEHIVE
16”/40cm
MGM51 Breakthrough Gun; Awkward
Shilellagh
to 1 16 1+ Layout
40”/100cm
Standard HEAT & Turret HMG, Co-Axial HMG;
15ce 8ces 3c
Tank APDS Smoke Dispensers; IR Searchlight
M60a3/a4 M68 105mm 40”/100cm 2 16 2+ HEAT & APDS
248


Cupola HMG, Co-Axial HMG,
M1 Fast Tank Sabbot 16c 9cs 3c Smoke Dispensers; IR
Abrams M68 105mm 48”/120cm 3 16 2+ APFSDS (Sabbot) & HEAT
Cupola HMG; Co-Axial HMG;
M1a1 Fast Tank Sabbot 17c 10cs 3c Smoke Dispenser; IR
Abrams L11 120mm 48”/120cm 3 17 3+ APFSDS (Sabbot) HEAT
M1a2 Fast Tank Sabbot 18c 10cs 3c
Smoke Dispensers; IR
Abrams L11 120mm 48”/120cm 3 17 3+ APFSDS (Sabbot) HEAT
M1a2/3 Fast Tank Sabbot 19c 10csb 4cb Smoke Dispensers; IR; Tusk Kit:
Tank Phone, Bar Armour
Abrams
L11 120mm 48”/120cm 3 17 3+ APFSDS (Sabbot) HEAT
Unreliable/ Cupola HMG; Amphibious; Wide
Light Tank
HEAT, HE 4 2 1 racks; IR; Smoke Dispensers
M81 152mm 16”/40cm 1 16 1+ HEAT & HE rounds, Brutal
M-551
Sheridan Beehive 8”/20cm 5 1 6+ BEEHIVE
MGM51 16”/40cm to Breakthrough Gun; Awkward
1 16 1+
Shilellagh 40”/100cm Layout
M-42a1 Light Tank HE rounds 2 2 1 Wide Tracks; Optical AA
Duster Twin M2a1

24”/60cm 5 6 4+ AA Gun
20mm
M-727 Light Tank SAM 3 2 1 Guided AA Missile
Hawk SAM 88”/220cm 1 Surface-to-Air Missile –See Rules
M-192 Towed SAM Towed Unit Guided AA Missile
Hawk SAM 88”/220cm 1 Surface-to-Air Missile –See Rules
Light-Tank SAM 3 2 1 Guided AA Missile

M-48
Chapparal SAM 56”/140cm 1 Surface-to-Air Missile –See Rules
Towed SAM Towed Unit

M-48
Chapparal SAM 56”/140cm Surface-to-Air Missile –See Rules
M-163 Fast Tank DU 3 2 0 Amphibious; DU rounds

Vulcan M168
VADS 20”/50cm 7 4 6+ AA Gun; Radar Guided
20mm
Amphibious, Wide Tracks;
Fast Tank 2 2 0 Cupola .50 HMG; Side Mounted
M-113 M60 LMG; Roof Hatch:
.50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ Passengers can fire out!
ACAV
Transports 10 Troops
M-60 LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+
Amphibious, Wide Tracks;
Fast Tank 2 2 0
Cupola .50 HMG; Roof Hatch:
M-113 Passengers can fire out!
.50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ Transports 10 Troops
Amphibious; Wide Tracks;
Fast Tank HE 2 2 0 Cupola .50 HMG; M40 106MM
M-113 & rcl Rifle (Horrid Backblast);
Recoiless .50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ Spotting Rifle; Roof Hatch:
Rifle M40 106mm Paasengers can fire out!
RCL
32”/180cm 1 14 2+ Transports 10 Troops
Fast Tank 2 2 0 Cupola HMG; Transports 10
M-557 Troops
.50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+
249


Fuchs Wheeled 2 2 0
NBC NBC Reconnaissance Vehicle;
Recon .50 AA HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+
Transports 6 Troops
Veh.
Fast Tank DU 5 3s 2
Amphibious; Twin TOW
M2/M2a1 Launcher on Turret; Co-Axial
M242 25mm 24”/60cm 4 12 5+ 7.62mm LMG;
Bradley Transports 7 Troops
Co-Ax LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+
MICV
TOW II 8”/20cm to
1 21 3+ HEAT, Guided ATGM
ATGM 48”/120cm
Fast Tank APDS 6 3s 2
Amphibious; Twin TOW
M3a1 Launchers in Turret; Co-Axial
M242 25mm 24”/60cm 4 14 4+ 7.62mm LMG;
Bradley Transports 7 Troops
Co-Ax LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+
MICV
TOW II 8”/20cm to
ATGM 48”/120cm
Fast Tank DU 6 3s 2 Amphibious; Twin TOW
Launcher on Turret; Co-Axial
M2 M242 25mm 24”/60cm 4 12 5+ 7.62mm LMG;
Bradley Extra Ammo (see rules)
Cavalry Co-Ax LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+ Transports 5 Troops
MICV
TOW II 8”/20cm to
ATGM 48”/120cm
Fast Tank 2 2 0 Cupola HMG; TOW launcher
M-113 .50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+
with 360* -Awkward Layout;
NO PASSENGERS!
TOW
8”/20cm to
TOW ATGM 1 16 3+ HEAT, Guided ATGM
32”/80cm
Anti-Tank Wheeled Rcls Rifle 1 0 0 Wheeled; Awkward Layout

Jeep M40 106mm
32”/180cm 1 14 2+ Horrid Backblast; Spotting Rifle
RCLS
Wheeled HEAT 1 0 0 Wheeled; Awkward Layout
M-151a2
& TOW 8”/20cm to
32”/80cm
Fast Tank HEAT 3 2 1= Amphibious; Wide Tracks; AA
LMG; Twin TOW II Launcher in
M-901 AA LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+ turret; TI; Hammerhead
ITV
TOW II 8”/20cm to
1 21 3+ HEAT, Guided ATGW
ATGM 48”/120cm
Wheeled HEAT 2 2 2 Transports 3 Troops
HUMVEE 8”/20cm to
& TOW 32”/80cm
TOW II 8”/20cm to
ATGM 48”/120cm
Tracked 1 1 1
.50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ AA

M-109 Breakthrough Gun; HE, Smoke,
155mm 24”/60cm 1 10 2+ Chemical, DPICM, FASCAM,
Copperhead, Beehive
SPG M126
155mm 88”/220cm -- 1 6+ Firecracker Ammunition
Breakthrough Gun; HE, Smoke,
88”/220cm -- 4 4+ Chemical
250


Tracked 1 1 1
M-108 24”/60cm 1 10 2+ Point-Attack; HE
105mm M-103
SPG 105mm Gun
80”/200cm -- 1 6+ Firecracker Ammunition
80”/200cm -- 4 4+ Bombardments, HE & Smoke
Heavy Tank 2 1 1 HE & M650 RAP (HE),

M-110-
M201a1 Gun 88”/220cm 1 22 2+
a1/a2 HE, RAP (HE), Nuclear and
8”/203mm Bombard Chemical Rounds (see rules);
100”/254cm -- 18 4+
ments M404 Airburst Anti-Personnel
Howitzer M404 Bomblets
Airburst AP
100”/254cm -- 6 5+
Heavy Tank 2 1 1
M-107
HE, Smoke, FASCAM, DPICM,
175mm M113a1 Gun 72”/180cm 1 16 2+ Chemical & Nuclear (see rules)
Howitzer Bombard
88”/220cm -- 8 3+
ments
Tracked 3 2 1
HE, Smoke, Minelet (AT & AP)
MRLS Bombard and Chemical (see rules)
ments
80”/200cm -- 7 4+
MGM Wheeled 0 0 0
Corporal-
Sergeant Bombard
200”/508cm -- 10 2+
HE, Nuclear & Chemical (see
ments rules)
Honest Wheeled 0 0 0
HE, Nuclear & Chemical (see
John Bombard
88”/220cm 6 3+
rules)
ments
Lance Tracked 2 2 1
HE, Smoke, Minelet, Chemical
Missile Bombard
100”/254cm -- 8 3+
& Nuclear (see rules)
ments
GLMC MAN Launch Control Vehicle has no
Wheeled 1 1 0
Cruise transporter weapons
Missile Bombard
200”/508cm -- 12 2+ Brutal; HE, FASCAM, DPICM,
ments Chemical & Nuclear (see rules)
TEL
Light Tank 2 2 0 Amphibious, Wide Tracks
M-125 .50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ AA

81mm M29 81mm 4”/10cm to Danger-Close; HE & Smoke,
Mortar 2 2 3+
Mortar 24”/60cm Illumination
M29 81mm
Mortar
48”/120cm -- 2 6+ Firing Bombardments
Light Tank 2 2 0 Amphibious, Wide Tracks
M-106 .50 HMG 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ AA

4.2 inch 8”/20cm to
Mortar 4.2” Mortar 2 5 4+ Point-Attack, Illumination;
32”/80cm Bombardments, HE, Smoke &
4.2” Mortar 64”/160cm -- 3 4+ Chemical
Point Attack 24”/60cm 1 9 2+ Point Attack
M101a1 Beehive 8”/20cm 5 1 6+ Beehive Rounds

105mm
Howitzer Firecracker 72”/180cm -- 1 6+ Firecracker Ammunition
Bombard Firing Bombardments; HE &
Ments
72”/180cm -- 4 4+ Smoke
251


Point Attack 24”/60cm 1 10 1+ Point-Attack
M114a1 Beehive 8”/20cm 8 1 6+ Beehive Rounds

155mm
Howitzer Firecracker 88”/220cm -- 1 6+ Firecracker Ammunition
Bombard Firing Bombardments; HE,
ments
88”/220cm -- 5 2+ Smoke & Chemical
M29 Man Packed 24”/60cm 2 2 3+ Danger-Close; Point Attack;
81mm Bombard
Illumination; Bombardments, HE
Mortar ments
48”/120cm -- 2 6+ & Smoke
M30 Man Packed 24”/60cm 2 4 3+ Point Attack; Illumination;

4.2” Bombard
Bombardments, HE, Smoke &
Mortar Ments
64”/160cm -- 3 4+ Chemical
M40
106mm Man Packed 32”/180cm 1 14 2+ Horrid Backblast; Spotting Rifle
RCLS
TOW 8”/20cm to
Man Packed 1 16 3+ HEAT, Guided ATGM
Team 32”/80cm
M47
8”/20cm to
Dragon Man Packed 1 18 3+ HEAT, Guided ATGM
28”/70cm
Team
.50 HMG
Man Packed 16”/40cm 3 4 5+ HMG Team, AA
Team
M60 LMG
Man Packed 16”/40cm 5 2 6+ LMG Team, Anti-Helicopter
Team
1 2 in
M-79 G/L 1d6 in Point-Attack OR 2 dice in
Man Packed 12”/30cm defen 6 5+
Team ce
defence
M203 Rifle M-16 Rifle 12”/30cm 2 1 6+ Fire M-16 OR M-203; Flechette

Team +1d6 in defence
M203 G/L 12”/30cm 1 6 5+
M-16 Rifle 12”/30cm 2 1 6+

M-203 & Fire M-16, M-203 or M-60 not
M60 LMG M-203 G/L 12”/30cm 1 6 5+ all three! Flechette Rounds
Team +1d6 in Defence
M-60 LMG 16”/40cm 5 2 6+
M-16 Rifle M-16 12”/30cm 2 1 6+ Can fire Law-66 instead of rifles

Team Law-66mm 12”/30cm 1 11 5+ +1d6 in defence
Squad M-16 12”/30cm 2 1 6+ Pistols, +1d6 in Defence

HQ Team Law-66mm 12”/30cm 1 11 5+ +1d6 in Defence
Command M-16 12”/30cm 2 1 6+ Pistols, +1d6 in Defence; Radio

Team Law-66mm 12”/30cm 1 11 5+ +1d6 in Defence
HQ Team Pistol 2”/5cm 1 1 6+ Pistols +1d6 in Defence
2iC Team Pistol 2”/5cm 1 1 6+ Pistols +1d6 in Defence
FAC/FAO
Observers
M-16 12”/30cm 2 1 6+ Pistols +1d6 in Defence
& RTO
Teams
Staff Pistols 2”/5cm 1 1 6+ Pistols +1d6 in Defence
Team
252

Shells
Observation Helicopter; Transports 3
MD-500 NONE None Passengers
Loach
Door LMG 16”/40cm 3 2 6+ Side Mounted; Transport 2 Passengers
Observer
M134
/Gunship Minigun
16”/40cm 6 2 6+ Hull Mounted (Front Firing)
UH-1D Side mounted door guns

2x Door
Huey LMG’s
16”/40cm 3 2 6+
Slick Carries 10 Passengers
Medevac None Medevac Helicopter –See Rules Carries 3xWounded Markers/Teams
OH-58 Scout Scout/Liaison –No Weapons Fitted Carries 4 Passengers

Kiowa
OH-58
Kiowa Scout Scout –Longbow GSR Radar Platform Spotting Aircraft; Scout; GSR
GSR
UH-60
2xDoor Flying Tank; Side Mounted door guns;
Black LMG’s
16”/40cm 3 2 6+ Carries 12 Passengers
hawk
2x Door
LMG
16”/40cm 3 2 6+ Side Mounted door guns
Twin M134
Minigun
16”/40cm 8 2 6+ Hull Mounted; Forward Firing
UH-1B M-157
14 Tubes (One Shot Weapon)
Hog Rocket 24”/60cm -- 4 4+ Artillery Template
Launcher
Gunship M3 Rocket 48 Tubes: 1x Double Width template or
Launcher
24”/60cm -- 4 4+ 4x Artillery Templates
M5 Grenade
Launcher
16”/40cm 3 3 4+ Chin Turret (180* Field of fire)
M134 Chin Turret; can fire with M-129
Minigun
16”/40cm 6 2 6+ Grenade Launcher
M-129
Grenade 16”/40cm 4 3 4+ Chin Turret; can fire with M134 Minigun
Launcher
M200 48 Tubes: 1x Double Width Template
AH-1G 24”/60cm -- 4 4+
Rocket Pod or 4xArtillery Templates
Cobra M195 20mm
24”/60cm 5 5 5+ Hull Mounted –Fires Forward
Gun
Gunship M157 14 Tubes (One Shot Weapon)
Rocket Pod
24”/60cm -- 4 4+ Artillery Template
2x M200 72 Tubes: 2xDouble width Template or
Rocket Pods
24”/60cm -- 4 4+ 4xSalvo Templates
8x TOW 8”/20cm to
ATGW 48”/120cm
M195 20mm
Chaingun
16”/40cm 6 5 5+ Chin Turret
2x M200 72 Tubes: 2xDoublewidth Templates
AH-64 24”/60cm -- 4 4+
Rocket Pods or 4xSalvo Templates
Apache 8x TOW 8”/20cm to
Gunship ATGM 48”/120cm
8xHellfire
8”/20cm to
Air-to- 1 27 2+ Brutal, HEAT, Guided Missile
Ground 40”/100cm
253

Shells Fire
Weapon Range ROF Pen Power
NR-23
23mm 8”/15cm 8 5 5+ Anti-Helicopter
Cannon
Mig-15 / 2x UB32
1x Artillery Template (One Shot
Mig-17 16(57mm) 6”/15cm Template 3 5+
Rocket Pods Weapon)
Fresco
2x FAB250
250kg 6”/15cm Template 5 2+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Bombs
1x NR-23
Cannon
2x UB32
Mig-21 1xArtillery Template (One Shot
16(57mm) 6”/15cm Template 3 5+
Fishbed Rocket Pods
Weapon)
2x FAB250
250kg 6”/15cm Template 5 2+ 1xSalvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Bombs
OR swap
4x UB32
Rocket
16(57mm) 6”/15cm Template 3 4+ 1xSalvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Pods & Rocket Pods
Bombs:
1x Gsh-23
Cannon
4x UB32
Mig-23
16(57mm) 6”/15cm Template 3 4+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Flogger Rocket Pods
2x FAB250
Bombs
OR swap
2x Kh-25 8”/15cm to
Rocket Missile 32”/80cm
1 27 2+ Brutal; Guided Missile; HEAT
Pods for:
OR swap 2x UB32
FAB250 16(57mm) 6”/15cm Template 3 5+
Rocket Pods Weapon)
bombs for:
2xGsh-23
Cannon
4x AA10
6”/15cm to
Mig-29 Amos AA 1 AA 3+ Guided AA Missile
32”/80cm
Fulcrum Missiles
2x AA8
Aphid
Guided
12”/30cm 1 14 4+ Guided Missile; HEAT
Missiles
1x Gs-23-L
Cannon
2x FAB500
Yak-38
Forger Bombs
2x 2B500
Special 1x napalm Template; Napalm! See
Napalm 6”/15cm See rules
Bombs
Template Rules
1x Gs-6-23-
L 23mm 8”/20cm 3 6 5+ Anti-Helicopter
Cannon
SU-24 4x FAB250
Fencer 250kg 8”/20cm Template 5 2+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Bombs
2x K-13 AA 4”/10cm to
Missiles 24”/60cm
1 AA 4+ Guided AA Missile
OR swap .50 kt.

K-13’s for Nuclear 8”/20cm Template See rules Nuclear! See Rules
ONE: Bomb
254

Shells Fire
2x AR-30
Cannon
2x Kh-25 8”/20cm to
Missiles 32”/80cm
Su-17 2x k-13 AA 4”/10cm to

Fitter Missiles 24”/60cm
2x UB32
16(57mm) 12”/30cm Template 3 5+
Rocket Pods Weapon)
Or add 2x Kh-25 Missiles Or add 2x K-13 AA Missiles –See Equipment Section

2x AR-30
Cannon
Su-20 2x KL-23 8”/20cm to

Missiles 24”/60cm
2x R-60 AA
Missiles
20”/50cm 1 AA 4+ Guided AA Missile
1x Gsh-30-2
Cannon
Su-25 4x UB32
Frogfoot 16(57mm) 12”/30cm Template 3 4+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Rocket Pods
4x KL-25 8”/20cm to
Missiles 32”/80cm
Or swap 2x 2B500
Special 1x Napalm Template; Napalm! See
2x KL-25 Napalm 8”/20cm See rules
Bombs
Template Rules
Missiles:
2x AR-30
Cannon
2x UB32
Su-7 Fitter 16(57mm) 8”/20cm Template 3 5+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Rocket Pods
2x FAB500
Bombs
2x Turreted
NR-23
8”/20cm 4 5 5+ Anti-Helicopter
23mm
Cannon
Tu-16 12x Fab500
4x Salvo Templates OR 6x Artillery
Badger 500kg 8”/20cm Template 8 3+
Bombs Templates (you cannot mix!)
2x AS-6
8”/20cm to
Guided 1 20 3+ Brutal; Guided Missile; HEAT
24”/60cm
Missiles
2x AS-5
OR swap 8”/20cm to
Anti-Ship 1 10 4+ Guided Anti-Ship Missile
AS-6 for: Missiles
24”/60cm
1x 1kt.
OR swap
Nuclear 8”/20cm Template See rules Nuclear! See Rules
AS-6 for: Bomb
Tail Mounted
NR-23
23mm
Cannon
TU-95 20x FAB500
8x Salvo Templates OR 10x Artillery
Bear 500kg 8”/20cm Template 8 2+
Bombs Templates (Cannot Mix!)
2x AS-6
8”/20cm to
Guided
24”/60cm
Missiles
1x 1kt. 8”/20cm
OR swap
Nuclear Template See rules Nuclear! See Rules
AS-6 for: Bomb
255

Shells Fire
1x M164
Minigun
4x AN-M64
A1H 230kg 4”/10cm Template 5 1+ 2x Salvo Templates
Skyraider Bombs
4x LAU-3
1x Salvo Template OR 2x Artillery
Rocket Pods Templates (Cannot Mix!)
2x BLU-32
Special 1X Napalm Template; Napalm! See
Bombs
Template Rules
2x M-47
OR swap Willie-Pete 1x Artillery Template (Smoke) (One
AN-M64 4”/10cm Template Smoke
Smoke Shot Weapon)
and LAU-3 Bombs
for: 2x SUU-14/a
: Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Bombs
2x SUU-11/a
Minigun 8”/20cm 6 8 5+ Anti-Helicopter
Pods
2x Mk.12
Cannon
2xAN-M64
A4e 1x Artillery Template (One Shot
230kg 6”/15cm Template 5 1+
Skyhawk Bombs Weapon)
2x LAU-3
Rocket Pods Weapon)
2x Blu-32
Special 1x Napalm Template; Napalm! See
Bombs
Template Rules
2x M-47
Willie Pete 1x Artillery Template (Smoke) (One
6”/15cm Template Smoke
Smoke Shot Weapon)
OR swap Bombs
AN-M64 or 2x SUU-14/a
LAU-3 for:
Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Bombs
2x SUU-11/a
Minigun 6”/15cm 6 8 5+ Anti-Helicopter
Pods
2x AIM-9-L
Sidewinders
M61a1
Cannon
A7e 2x AIM-9-L
Corsair Sidewinders
6x AGM-63 8”/20cm to
Mavericks 36”/90cm
OR Swap 6x AN-M64
2x Salvo templates at +1 to FP OR 4x
AGM-63 230kg 6”/15cm Template 5 1+
Bombs Artillery Templates
for
Gau8/a
8”/20cm 4 11 5+ Anti-Helicopter; DU Ammo
A-10 30mm Gun
Warthog 6x AGM-63 8”/20cm to
Maverick 36”/90cm
OR Swap
12x CBU-52 4xSalvo Templates (+1FP) OR 6x
AGM-63 6”/15cm Template 2 6+
ClusterBomb Artillery Templates –CANNOT MIX!!
for
OR Swap
4xGBU-15 8”/20cm to
AGM-63 Paveway 24”/60cm
1 21 3+ Guided Missile; HEAT
for
256

Shells Fire
2x M-60c 8”/20cm
4 4 6+ Low Flying FAC/Coin
LMG
Or 1x M197
20mm 6 4 4+ Anti-Helicopter
OV-10 Cannon
Bronco 2x AIM-9-L
Sidewinders
2x SUU-14/a
Cluster 4”/10cm Template 3 5+
Bombs
Weapon)
OR Swap 2x M47
Willie Pete
4”/10cm Template smoke 1x Artillery Template (Smoke)
AIM-9-L &
SUU-14/a 2x LAU-3
for: 19(70mm) 4”/10cm Template 4 4+
Rocket Pods Weapon)
OR Swap 4x Hellfire 6”/15cm to
1 26 3+ Guided ATGW; HEAT
for ATGW 56”/140cm
Mk.12 20mm
Cannon
6x AN-M64
F4e 2x Salvo templates at +1 to FP OR 4x
Phantom Bombs Artillery Templates
II 2x LAU-3
19(70mm) 1x Artillery Template (One Shot
Rocket Weapon)
Pods)
OR swap 4x BL32
Special 2x Napalm Templates; Napalm! See
AN-M64 Napalm 6”/15cm See Rules
Bombs
Template Rule
for:
6x SUU-14/a
OR: Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+ 2x Salvo Templates at +1 to FP
Bombs
OR: Mavericks 36”/90cm
2x M39a2
Cannon
F5a
2x AIM-9-L
Freedom Sidewinders
Fighter II
4x LAU-3
19/(70mm) 6”/15cm Template 4 4+ 1x Salvo Template (One Shot Weapon)
Rocket Pods
6x AN-M64
OR Swap 2x Salvo templates at +1 to FP OR 4x
LAU-3 for Bombs Artillery Templates
OR Swap 4x AGM-63 8”/20cm to
LAU-3 for Mavericks 36”/90cm
M61a1
Cannon
2x AIM-9-L
F-14 Sidewindes
Tomcat
Maverick 36”/90cm
Ground-
Attack 2x CBU-52
role Cluster 6”/15cm Template 2 6+
Bombs Weapon)
2x AN-M64
1x Artillery Templates (One Shot
Bombs Weapon)
257

Shells Fire
M61a1
F-14 Cannon
Tomcat
4x AIM-9-L
Sidewindes
Fighter
Role 4x AIM-54 6”/15cm to
Phoenix 62”/158cm
M61a1
Cannon
6x AN-M64
F-15 2x Salvo templates at +1 to FP OR 4x
Eagle Bombs Artillery Templates
4x SUU-14/a
Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+ 2x Salvo Templates
Bombs
OR Swap
6x AIM-9-L
AN-M64 Sidewinders
Bombs for
OR Swap
AN-M64 Mavericks 36”/90cm
Bombs for
M61a1
Cannon
2x Mk.82
Snakeye 6”/15cm Template 1 5+
F-16c Bombs Weapon)
Falcon 2x AIM-9-L
Sidewinders
6x LAU-3
2x Salvo Template OR 3x Artillery
Rocket Pods
Templates (Cannot Mix!)
M61a1
F-18
Hornet Cannon
4x AIM-9-L
Sidewinders
Mavericks 36”/90cm
OR Swap 2x SUU-14/a
1x Salvo Templates (One Shot
AGM-63 Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+
Bombs Weapon)
for
2x AIM-54 6”/15cm to
Phoenix
62”/158cm
M61a1
Cannon
2x AIM-9-L
Sidewinders
F-104
Starfighter 2x LAU-3
Rocket Pods Weapon)
4xSUU-14/a
Cluster 6”/15cm Template 3 5+ 2x Salvo Templates
Bombs
258

Shells Fire
2x Tail
M61a1
20mm
Cannon
28x AN-M64
Bombs
8x ALCM
8”/20cm to Brutal; Guided Missile; HEAT
Cruise 1 24 2+
Missiles
72”/180cm Chemical, Nuclear, HE and Minelet
2x .50kt
Nuclear 8”/20cm Template See rules Nuclear! –See Rules
B52b Bombs
24x AN-M64
Bombs
12x ALCM
8”/20cm to Brutal; Guided Missile; HEAT
Cruise 1 24 2+
Missiles
72”/180cm Chemical, Nuclear, HE and Minelet
4x 1kt or
.50kt
Nuclear
8”/20cm Template See rules Nuclear! –See Rules
Bombs
May swap Nuclear Bombs for 2X ALCM Cruise Missiles for every 2 bombs; or 4x AN-M64
230kg Bombs for every 2 Nuclear Weapons swapped (maximum 8x AN-M64 230kg bombs or
4x ALCM Cruise Missiles)
An American B-52 bomber unloads onto a Soviet Armoured Regiment –West Germany, 1985
259

Dean Wilson was born in Gibraltar to his British parents whilst his father was serving there.
He lives in the pretty town of Basingstoke in Hampshire (the UK’s pettiest county next to the
Lake District, Cornwall, Wales, Scotland,
Northern Ireland, Cumbria, Northumbria,
1
Yorkshire and Cheshire ) with his long
suffering wife Samorn. Dean’s hobbies
include writing wargaming books, eating
doughnuts and buying “junk2” off eBay. Dean
has qualifications in Religion & Spirituality
(earning a Diploma in Religious Studies), a
Certificate in Counselling and a Diploma in
Causes of War. Dean has had a varied career
including being unemployed, a grocery
assistant, armed response officer, space
captain, Territorial Army Soldier, Teacher of
English to Japanese students in Thailand,
Marshall of the French Forces at Waterloo,
sucesfull author, Pineaple Wrangler, failed
3
politician and a junior nurse . Dean can speak
several languages, but unfortunately English
is not one of them!
Dean began his illustrious career playing with little toy soldiers when he was eight and
invented his own rules wich he called “Deans Wargaming Rules”4. He moved on from
knocking timpo soldiers over with a dice to actually using the dice to determine who lived or
died. He discovered HG Well’s Little Wars and Donald Featherstones Wargaming and from
then onwards was bitten by the bug. He has dabbled with Games Workshop (Orcs and
always Orcs, or Skeletons with Orc allies), Warhammer 40K (Orks would you guess? and
Space Marines who are secretly Orks), Lord of the Rings,
a Fistful of Dice, Check Your Six, Challenger 2000, A Fist
5
Full of TOW’s, Samurai Swords, Monopoly , Axis and
Alies, Tide of Iron, Flames of War and about one million
different Avalon Hill and such like Bookcase Wargames6.
He has written his own skirmishing rules for the Pacific
Theatre: Days of Infamy as well as modern warfare in
COLD WAR3!
Dean has a very impressive model soldier collection (as

well as owning his own library on WW2, modern warfare,
history in general, religion & spirituality) in various scales,
manufacturers and historical periods, including Colonial
forces such as the British Red Coats (15mm) with
Sudanese and Moghul opponents, French Colonial forces
in Indochina (1:72 and 28mm); WW2 Russian forces
(15mm, 1:72 and 28mm), WW2 Japanese forces (1:72 and
28mm), USMC for pacific (1:72 and 28mm), US Army for
Pacific and WW2 (1:72 and 28mm), WW2 German SS
1
Not in any particular order of prettiness before I get lynched by a Welsh-Scotts alliance…
2
It’s NOT junk Dean assures his wife, but vitally important stuff that I did not know I needed until I
saw it had only fifteen minutes left to go…
3
Some of these careers Dean may have drempt or made up to look good here…
4
Clearly he wasn’t very imaginative at that age….
5
It’s always a war when he plays his wife!
6
The kind that come with one million cardboard counters that represent everything
260

Partizan Hunters (28mm); 1:72 and 28m US and USMC for Vietnam with Viet-Cong and NVA
regulars (1:72 and 28mm). In 1:72 and 15mm he can boast to own modern Italian Folgore,
US, Afghan insurgent, East German, West German, Soviet and British forces as well as
several armies in 28mm for the French peninsular campign and Waterloo (all 28mm, a few in
1:72).
Deans main interest is the Pacific Theatre of Operations, including Indochina, Burma, Dutch
East Indies and the Pacific Islands. He can boast to having a 1:1 scale Imperial Japanese
Army Regiment including all support assets!!! To this end Dean has written several books on
various armies and their organisation & equipment:
 Imperial Japanese Army Handbook for WW2

 Pacific! Handbook on the IJA and USMC for the Pacific in WW2
 Guadacanal: Operation Watchtower. A campaign book with armies and scenarios
 COLD WAR3! Rules for Modern Warfare 1960-1990 A rulebook for modern warfare
 Carabinieri! Italian State Police and Army 1980-Present a TO&E for COLD WAR!
 Battlefield Bangkok: The Royal Thai Army & Police 2002-2015
 Chinese Nationalist Forces A TO&E for the Chinese in WW2 incuding Mao’s army
 FIRE FIGHT! Vietnam War Skirmish Rules, a modern rulebook
 Days of Infamy! A rulebook for skirmish fighting during WW2 pacific/Far East
7
 FULDA GAP! A campaign book for COLD WAR! Including force lists and scenarios
Dean is presently hard at work writing A BRITISH ARMY, Organisation & Equipment 1950-
1990; OKINAWA, Operation Iceberg a campaign book for the Pacific Theatre and FULDA
3
GAP! A campaign book for COLD WAR ! He is
progressing well with AFGHANISTAN! Battle for
Helmand Province; a complete table or organisation
for the British, American, Italian and other allied
forces including the ANA as well as the Insurgents –
a Campaign and Rule Book supplement for COLD
WAR3! He is currently researching for several other
books, including IWO JIMA, BURMA and
INDOCHINA 1947-1965; so look out for these
3
upcoming titles to add to your COLD WAR ! And
Days of Infamy library.
Dean has partnered up with Keith Armstrong of

Armies-Army (www.armiesarmy.com) and will be
collaborating with Keith on a variety of projects, including contributing to his website (including
a how-to-play-Cold-WAR3! Video tutorial); Battlereports, Orders of Battle and Tailor-Made
Campaign Scenarios (including figures, dice and anything else you need to play the
scenario). Look out for these exciting additions!
May your dice forever roll high!8
7
Just about to be released –December 2016/February 2017
8
Unless you need them to roll a low number!!!
261

262

COLD WAR3 Rules For Modern Warfare 1960-1990

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

COLD WAR3 Rules For Modern Warfare 1960-1990

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

COLD WAR3 Rules For Modern Warfare 1960-1990

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

COMPATIBLE WITH FLAMES of WAR ™

Artwork, Design, Text & Layout © 2016 by Dean Wilson

Project Editors: Hugh H Browne Jr & Keith Armstrong

This is the Fully Revised and Updated

The right of Dean Wilson to be identified as the Author of this work

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this publication may be reproduced,

Lulu ID number 8149202

Cover Photograph: M-48 Patton Tank

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

COMPATIBLE WITH FLAMES of WAR ™

“A must have for any fans who want a modern supplement!

The 2nd Edition rulebook was used in 2010 by the UK Joint

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Soviet T-62 and BMP-1 in their barracks; East Germany

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

The concept of COLD WAR3! Is to command teams of soldiers to achieve a specific

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

KOREA and VIETNAM

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

TABLE OF RANKS AND EQUIVALENT(s)

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

During the movement phase all models eligible for

During the shooting phase all models that can shoot

CLOSE COMBAT / ASSAULT

During the Close Combat /Assault phase, any models

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

ELITE/VETERAN: such units as highly trained, specialist, infantry formations, paratroops,

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Teams Morale Level Teams Training Level

COMMAND and COMMAND DISTANCES

Training Level of Platoon up to 1960 1961 to Modern

CONSCRIPT 2” or 5cm 4” or 10cm 4” or 10cm 6” or 12cm

TRAINED 4” or 10cm 6” or 15cm 6” or 15cm 8” or 15cm

ELITE/VETERAN 6” or 15cm 8” or 20cm 8” or 20cm 10” or 20cm

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

All elements of each Squad (Alpha, Bravo and

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

MOBILITY Road Cross-Country Rough Terrain

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

1”/3cm is equal to 50 meters on the tabletop14

A Charge move will automatically halt if they encounter enemy models

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

Movement affects shooting with a -1 to the Teams Training Level15

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

In the OPEN -no modifiers to hit CANNOT BE SEEN -can't be shot at

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)

WOODS AND TREES

BUILDINGS, Mechanical and Stand Off Breaches

Miguel Angel Martinez (Order #20016274)